Document:

Volume Submitter

 Exhibit 4.9 
 VOLUME SUBMITTER 
 CROSS-TESTED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION
PLAN AND TRUST 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
		  	ARTICLE I	  	
		  	DEFINITIONS	  	
			
		  	ARTICLE II	  	
		  	ADMINISTRATION	  	
			
	 2.1
	  	 POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER
	  	13
			
	 2.2
	  	 DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY
	  	14
			
	 2.3
	  	 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
	  	14
			
	 2.4
	  	 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR
	  	14
			
	 2.5
	  	 RECORDS AND REPORTS
	  	15
			
	 2.6
	  	 APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS
	  	15
			
	 2.7
	  	 INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER
	  	15
			
	 2.8
	  	 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
	  	16
			
	 2.9
	  	 MAJORITY ACTIONS
	  	16
			
	 2.10
	  	 CLAIMS PROCEDURE
	  	16
			
	 2.11
	  	 CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE
	  	16
			
		  	ARTICLE III	  	
		  	ELIGIBILITY	  	
			
	 3.1
	  	 CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY
	  	16
			
	 3.2
	  	 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION
	  	17
			
	 3.3
	  	 DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY
	  	17
			
	 3.4
	  	 TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY
	  	17
			
	 3.5
	  	 REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND BREAKS IN SERVICE
	  	17
			
	 3.6
	  	 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE
	  	18
			
	 3.7
	  	 CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE
	  	18
			
		  	ARTICLE IV	  	
		  	CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION	  	
			
	 4.1
	  	 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION
	  	18
			
	 4.2
	  	 TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION
	  	19
			
	 4.3
	  	 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS
	  	19
			
	 4.4
	  	 MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS
	  	25
			
	 4.5
	  	 ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS
	  	29
			
	 4.6
	  	 ROLLOVERS
	  	29
			
	 4.7
	  	 PLAN TO PLAN TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS
	  	30
			
	 4.8
	  	 VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
	  	31
			
	 4.9
	  	 QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
	  	31
			
	 4.10
	  	 DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT
	  	32
			
	 4.11
	  	 INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN
	  	33

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 i 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

					
	 4.12
	  	 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE
	  	33
			
		  	ARTICLE V	  	
		  	VALUATIONS	  	
			
	 5.1
	  	 VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND
	  	33
			
	 5.2
	  	 METHOD OF VALUATION
	  	34
			
		  	ARTICLE VI	  	
		  	DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS	  	
			
	 6.1
	  	 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT
	  	34
			
	 6.2
	  	 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH
	  	34
			
	 6.3
	  	 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY
	  	35
			
	 6.4
	  	 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION
	  	35
			
	 6.5
	  	 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
	  	37
			
	 6.6
	  	 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH
	  	41
			
	 6.7
	  	 TIME OF DISTRIBUTION
	  	44
			
	 6.8
	  	 DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT BENEFICIARY
	  	44
			
	 6.9
	  	 LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN
	  	44
			
	 6.10
	  	 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION
	  	45
			
	 6.11
	  	 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP
	  	45
			
	 6.12
	  	 SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN PROFIT SHARING PLANS
	  	46
			
	 6.13
	  	 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION
	  	46
			
	 6.14
	  	 DIRECT ROLLOVERS
	  	46
			
	 6.15
	  	 TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PLAN
	  	47
			
	 6.16
	  	 ELECTIVE TRANSFERS OF BENEFITS TO OTHER PLANS
	  	47
			
		  	ARTICLE VII	  	
		  	TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN	  	
			
	 7.1
	  	 BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE
	  	48
			
	 7.2
	  	 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF DISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE
	  	49
			
	 7.3
	  	 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF NONDISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE
	  	51
			
	 7.4
	  	 POWERS AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
	  	52
			
	 7.5
	  	 LIFE INSURANCE
	  	53
			
	 7.6
	  	 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
	  	53
			
	 7.7
	  	 MAJORITY ACTIONS
	  	54
			
	 7.8
	  	 TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES
	  	54
			
	 7.9
	  	 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE
	  	55
			
	 7.10
	  	 AUDIT
	  	55
			
	 7.11
	  	 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE
	  	55
			
	 7.12
	  	 TRANSFER OF INTEREST
	  	56
			
	 7.13
	  	 TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION
	  	56
			
	 7.14
	  	 EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY
	  	56

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 ii 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

					
		  	ARTICLE VIII	  	
		  	AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS	  	
			
	 8.1
	  	 AMENDMENT
	  	56
			
	 8.2
	  	 TERMINATION
	  	57
			
	 8.3
	  	 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS
	  	58
			
		  	ARTICLE IX	  	
		  	TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS	  	
			
	 9.1
	  	 TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS
	  	58
			
	 9.2
	  	 DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS
	  	58
			
		  	ARTICLE X	  	
		  	MISCELLANEOUS	  	
			
	 10.1
	  	 EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS
	  	59
			
	 10.2
	  	 PARTICIPANT'S RIGHTS
	  	60
			
	 10.3
	  	 ALIENATION
	  	60
			
	 10.4
	  	 CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN
	  	60
			
	 10.5
	  	 GENDER AND NUMBER
	  	60
			
	 10.6
	  	 LEGAL ACTION
	  	60
			
	 10.7
	  	 PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS
	  	61
			
	 10.8
	  	 EMPLOYER'S AND TRUSTEE’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE
	  	61
			
	 10.9
	  	 INSURER'S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE
	  	61
			
	 10.10
	  	 RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS
	  	61
			
	 10.11
	  	 ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER
	  	61
			
	 10.12
	  	 NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY
	  	61
			
	 10.13
	  	 HEADINGS
	  	62
			
	 10.14
	  	 APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
	  	62
			
	 10.15
	  	 UNIFORMITY
	  	62
			
	 10.16
	  	 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
	  	62
			
		  	ARTICLE XI	  	
		  	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS	  	
			
	 11.1
	  	 ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER
	  	62
			
	 11.2
	  	 REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
	  	62
			
	 11.3
	  	 DESIGNATION OF AGENT
	  	63
			
	 11.4
	  	 EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS
	  	63
			
	 11.5
	  	 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES
	  	63
			
	 11.6
	  	 AMENDMENT
	  	63
			
	 11.7
	  	 DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION
	  	63
			
	 11.8
	  	 ADMINISTRATOR’S AUTHORITY
	  	63
			
	 11.9
	  	 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE
	  	63

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 iii 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

					
		  	ARTICLE XII	  	
		  	CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS	  	
			
	 12.1
	  	 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION
	  	64
			
	 12.2
	  	 PARTICIPANT’S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION
	  	64
			
	 12.3
	  	 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS
	  	66
			
	 12.4
	  	 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS
	  	68
			
	 12.5
	  	 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS
	  	70
			
	 12.6
	  	 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS
	  	73
			
	 12.7
	  	 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS
	  	75
			
	 12.8
	  	 SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS
	  	78
			
	 12.9
	  	 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP
	  	79
			
		  	ARTICLE XIII	  	
		  	SIMPLE 401(K) PROVISIONS	  	
			
	 13.1
	  	 SIMPLE 401(k) PROVISIONS
	  	80
			
	 13.2
	  	 DEFINITIONS
	  	81
			
	 13.3
	  	 CONTRIBUTIONS
	  	81
			
	 13.4
	  	 ELECTION AND NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
	  	81
			
	 13.5
	  	 VESTING REQUIREMENTS
	  	82
			
	 13.6
	  	 TOP-HEAVY RULES
	  	82
			
	 13.7
	  	 NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS
	  	82

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 iv 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 
 As used in this Plan, the following
words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth herein unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context: 
 1.1 “ACP” means the “Actual Contribution Percentage” determined pursuant to Section 12.6(e). 
 1.2 “Act” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time. 
 1.3 “ADP” means the “Actual Deferral Percentage” determined pursuant to Section 12.4(e). 
 1.4 “Administrator” means the Employer unless another person or entity has been designated by the Employer pursuant to Section 2.2 to administer the Plan on behalf of the Employer. 
 1.5 “Adoption Agreement” means the separate agreement which is executed by the Employer and sets forth the elective
provisions of this Plan and Trust as specified by the Employer. 
 1.6 “Affiliated Employer” means any
corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code
Section 414(c)) with the Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Employer; and any other entity required to be
aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o). 
 1.7 “Anniversary Date”
means the last day of the Plan Year. 
 1.8 “Annuity Starting Date” means, with respect to any Participant, the
first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity, or, in the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitles the Participant to such benefit. 

1.9 “Beneficiary” means the person (or entity) to whom all or a portion of a deceased Participant’s interest in the
Plan is payable, subject to the restrictions of Sections 6.2 and 6.6. 
 1.10 “Code” means the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended. 
 1.11 “Compensation” with respect to any Participant means one of the following as
elected in the Adoption Agreement: 
 (a) Information required to be reported under Code Sections 6041, 6051 and
6052 (Wages, tips and other compensation as reported on Form W-2). Compensation means wages, within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a), and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s
trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that
limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)). 
 (b) Code Section 3401(a) Wages. Compensation means an Employee’s wages within the meaning of Code
Section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such
as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)). 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 1 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (c) 415 Safe-Harbor Compensation. Compensation means wages, salaries,
and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that
the amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and
reimbursements, or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in Regulation 1.62-2(c))), and excluding the following: 
 (1) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a
simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are excludable from the Employee’s gross income, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation; 
 (2) Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either
becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; 
 (3) Amounts realized from the sale,
exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and 
 (4) Other amounts which receive special
tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are actually excludable from
the gross income of the Employee). 
 However, Compensation for any Self-Employed Individual shall be equal to Earned Income.
Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is actually paid to the Participant during the determination period. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the determination period shall be the period elected by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement. If the Employer makes no election, the determination period shall be the Plan Year. 
 Notwithstanding the
above, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall include all of the following types of elective contributions and all of the following types of deferred compensation: 
 (a) Elective contributions that are made by the Employer on behalf of a Participant that are not includible in gross income
under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), and for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001 (or as of a date, no earlier than January 1, 1998, as specified in an addendum to the Adoption Agreement), 132(f)(4);

 (b) Compensation deferred under an eligible deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Code
Section 457(b); and 
 (c) Employee contributions (under governmental plans) described in Code
Section 414(h)(2) that are picked up by the employing unit and thus are treated as Employer contributions. 
 For Plan
Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, and before January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed $200,000. This
limitation shall be adjusted by the Secretary at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d), except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective for Plan Years beginning in such
calendar year and the first adjustment to the $200,000 limitation is effective on January 1, 1990. 
 For Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1994, Compensation in excess of $150,000 (or such other amount provided in the Code) shall be disregarded for all purposes other than for purposes of salary deferral elections. Such amount shall be adjusted by
the Commissioner for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any determination period beginning in such calendar year. If a
determination period consists of fewer than twelve (12) months, the $150,000 annual Compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is
twelve (12). 
 If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a Participant’s
allocations for the current Plan Year, the Compensation for such prior determination period is subject to the applicable annual Compensation limit in effect for that prior period. For this purpose, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning
on or after January 1, 1989, the annual compensation limit in effect for determination periods beginning before that date is $200,000. In addition, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual
Compensation limit in effect for determination periods beginning before that date is $150,000. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 2 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise elected in a non-standardized
Adoption Agreement, the family member aggregation rules of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 414(q)(6) as in effect prior to the enactment of the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 shall not apply to this Plan effective with respect to Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 1996. 
 If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude a class of Employees
from the Plan, then Compensation for any Employee who becomes eligible or ceases to be eligible to participate during a determination period shall only include Compensation while the Employee is an Eligible Employee. 
 If, in connection with the adoption of any amendment, the definition of Compensation has been modified, then, except as otherwise provided
herein, for Plan Years prior to the Plan Year which includes the adoption date of such amendment, Compensation means compensation determined pursuant to the terms of the Plan then in effect. 
 1.12 “Contract” or “Policy” means any life insurance policy, retirement income policy, or annuity contract (group
or individual) issued by the Insurer. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control. 
 1.13 “Designated Investment Alternative” means a specific investment identified by name by the Employer (or such other
Fiduciary who has been given the authority to select investment options) as an available investment under the Plan to which Plan assets may be invested by the Trustee pursuant to the investment direction of a Participant. 
 1.14 “Directed Investment Option” means a Designated Investment Alternative and any other investment permitted by the Plan
and the Participant Direction Procedures to which Plan assets may be invested pursuant to the investment direction of a Participant. 
 1.15 “Early Retirement Date” means the date specified in the Adoption Agreement on which a Participant or Former Participant has satisfied the requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement (Early Retirement Age). If
elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant shall become fully Vested upon satisfying such requirements if the Participant is still employed at the Early Retirement Age. 
 A Former Participant who separates from service after satisfying any service requirement but before satisfying the age requirement for Early
Retirement Age and who thereafter reaches the age requirement contained herein shall be entitled to receive benefits under this Plan (other than any accelerated vesting and allocations of Employer Contributions) as though the requirements for Early
Retirement Age had been satisfied. 
 1.16 “Earned Income” means the net earnings from self-employment in the
trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, for which the personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the
deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions made by the Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404. In addition, net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction
allowed to the taxpayer by Code Section 164(f), for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989. 
 1.17
“Elective Deferrals” means the Employer’s contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to a Participant’s deferral election pursuant to Section 12.2, excluding any such amounts distributed as “excess annual
additions” pursuant to Section 4.5. Elective Deferrals shall be subject to the requirements of Sections 12.2(b) and 12.2(c) and shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be required to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of
Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b)(2), the provisions of which are specifically incorporated herein by reference. 
 1.18
“Eligible Employee” means any Eligible Employee as elected in the Adoption Agreement and as provided herein. With respect to a non-standardized Adoption Agreement, an individual shall not be an “Eligible Employee” if such
individual is not reported on the payroll records of the Employer as a common law employee. In particular, it is expressly intended that individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer on its payroll records are not “Eligible
Employees” and are excluded from Plan participation even if a court or administrative agency determines that such individuals are common law employees and not independent contractors. Furthermore, with respect to a non-standardized Adoption
Agreement, Employees of an Affiliated Employer will not be treated as “Eligible Employees” prior to the date the Affiliated Employer adopts the Plan as a Participating Employer. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 3 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, if the Employer does not elect in the
Adoption Agreement to include Employees who became Employees as the result of a “Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction,” then such Employees will only be “Eligible Employees” after the expiration of the transition period
beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the transaction. A “Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction” is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar
transaction involving a change in the Employer of the Employees of a trade or business that is subject to the special rules set forth in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C). However, regardless of any election made in the Adoption Agreement, if a
separate entity becomes an Affiliate Employer as the result of a “Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction,” then Employees of such separate entity will not be treated as “Eligible Employees” prior to the date the entity adopts
the Plan as a Participating Employer or, with respect to a standardized Adoption Agreement, if earlier, the expiration of the transition period set forth above. 
 If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude union employees, then Employees whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and “employee
representatives” under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining and if two percent (2%) or less of the Employees covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined in Regulation 1.410(b)-9, shall not
be eligible to participate in this Plan. For this purpose, the term “employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose members are employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

 If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude non-resident aliens, then Employees who are non-resident aliens
(within the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B)) who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code
Section 861(a)(3)) shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan. 
 1.19 “Employee” means any person
who is employed by the Employer. The term “Employee” shall also include any person who is an employee of an Affiliated Employer and any Leased Employee deemed to be an Employee as provided in Code Section 414(n) or (o). 
 1.20 “Employer” means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement, any successor which shall maintain this Plan and any
predecessor which has maintained this Plan. In addition, unless the context means otherwise, the term “Employer” shall include any Participating Employer (as defined in Section 11.1) which shall adopt this Plan. 
 1.21 “Excess Aggregate Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of: 
 (a) The aggregate “Contribution Percentage Amounts” (as defined in Section 12.6) actually made on behalf of
Highly Compensated Participants for such Plan Year and taken into account in computing the numerator of the ACP, over 
 (b) The maximum “Contribution Percentage Amounts” permitted by the ACP test in Section 12.6 (determined by reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants in order of their “Contribution
Percentages” beginning with the highest of such percentages). 
 Such determination shall be made after first taking into
account corrections of any Excess Deferrals pursuant to Section 12.2 and then taking into account adjustments of any Excess Contributions pursuant to Section 12.5. 
 1.22 “Excess Compensation” means, with respect to a Plan that is integrated with Social Security (permitted disparity), a
Participant’s Compensation which is in excess of the integration level elected in the Adoption Agreement. 
 However, if
Compensation is based on less than a twelve (12) month determination period, Excess Compensation shall be determined by reducing the integration level by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months in the short period and
the denominator of which is twelve (12). 
 1.23 “Excess Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year,
the excess of: 
 (a) The aggregate amount of Employer contributions actually made on behalf of Highly
Compensated Participants for such Plan Year and taken into account in computing the numerator of the ADP, over 
 (b) The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP test in Section 12.4 (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants in order of the actual deferral ratios,
beginning with the highest of such ratios). 
 In determining the amount of Excess Contributions to be distributed and/or
recharacterized with respect to an affected Highly Compensated Participant as determined herein, such amount shall be reduced by any Excess Deferrals previously distributed to such affected Highly Compensated Participant for the Participant’s
taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 4 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 1.24 “Excess Deferrals” means, with respect to any taxable year of a
Participant, those elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)) that are includible in the Participant’s gross income under Code Section 402(g) to the extent such Participant’s elective deferrals for the taxable
year exceed the dollar limitation under such Code Section. Excess Deferrals shall be treated as an “Annual Addition” pursuant to Section 4.4 when contributed to the Plan unless distributed to the affected Participant not later than
the first April 15th following the close of the Participant’s taxable year in which the Excess Deferral was made. Additionally, for purposes of Sections 4.3(f) and 9.2, Excess Deferrals shall continue to be treated as Employer
contributions even if distributed pursuant to Section 12.2(e). However, Excess Deferrals of Non-Highly Compensated Participants are not taken into account for purposes of Section 12.4. 
 1.25 “Fiduciary” means any person who (a) exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary control respecting
management of the Plan or exercises any authority or control respecting management or disposition of its assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of
the Plan or has any authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any discretionary authority or discretionary responsibility in the administration of the Plan. 
 1.26 “Fiscal Year” means the Employer’s accounting year. 
 1.27 “Forfeiture” means, with respect to a Former Participant who has severed employment, that portion of the Participant’s Account that is not Vested. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, Forfeitures
occur pursuant to (a) below. 
 (a) A Forfeiture will occur on the earlier of: 
 (1) The last day of the Plan Year in which a Former Participant who has severed employment with the Employer incurs five (5) consecutive
1-Year Breaks in Service, or 
 (2) The distribution of the entire Vested portion of the Participant’s Account of a Former
Participant who has severed employment with the Employer. For purposes of this provision, if the Former Participant has a Vested benefit of zero, then such Former Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such Vested benefit as
of the year in which the severance of employment occurs. 
 (b) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a
Forfeiture will occur as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the Former Participant incurs five (5) 1-Year Breaks in Service. 
 Regardless of the preceding provisions, if a Former Participant is eligible to share in the allocation of Employer contributions or Forfeitures in the year in which the Forfeiture would otherwise occur,
then the Forfeiture will not occur until the end of the first Plan Year for which the Former Participant is not eligible to share in the allocation of Employer contributions or Forfeitures. Furthermore, the term “Forfeiture” shall also
include amounts deemed to be Forfeitures pursuant to any other provision of this Plan. 
 1.28 “Former
Participant” means a person who has been a Participant, but who has ceased to be a Participant for any reason. 
 1.29 “414(s) Compensation” means any definition of compensation that satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 414(s) and the Regulations thereunder. The period for determining 414(s) Compensation
must be either the Plan Year or the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year. An Employer may further limit the period taken into account to that part of the Plan Year or calendar year in which an Employee was a Participant in the component
of the Plan being tested. The period used to determine 414(s) Compensation must be applied uniformly to all Participants for the Plan Year. 
 1.30 “415 Compensation” means, with respect to any Participant, such Participant’s (a) Wages, tips and other compensation on Form W-2, (b) Section 3401(a) wages or
(c) 415 safe-harbor compensation as elected in the Adoption Agreement for purposes of Compensation. 415 Compensation shall be based on the full Limitation Year regardless of when participation in the Plan commences. Furthermore, regardless of
any election made in the Adoption Agreement, with respect to Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1997, 415 Compensation shall include any elective deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and any amount which is
contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in the gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125, 457, and, for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1,
2001 (or as of a date, no earlier than January 1, 1998, as specified in an addendum to the Adoption Agreement), 132(f)(4). For Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 1998, 415 Compensation shall exclude such amounts. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 5 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 Except as otherwise provided herein, if, in connection with the adoption of any
amendment, the definition of 415 Compensation has been modified, then for Plan Years prior to the Plan Year which includes the adoption date of such amendment, 415 Compensation means compensation determined pursuant to the terms of the Plan then in
effect. 
 1.31 “Highly Compensated Employee” means, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
1996, an Employee described in Code Section 414(q) and the Regulations thereunder, and generally means any Employee who: 
 (a) was a “five percent (5%) owner” as defined in Section 1.37(c) at any time during the “determination year” or the “look-back year”; or 
 (b) for the “look-back year” had 415 Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 and, if elected in the
Adoption Agreement, was in the Top-Paid Group for the “look-back year.” The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending
September 30, 1996. 
 The “determination year” means the Plan Year for which testing is being performed and the
“look-back year” means the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period. However, if the calendar year data election is made in the Adoption Agreement, for purposes of (b) above, the “look-back year” shall be the
calendar year beginning within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the “determination year.” Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the calendar year data election is effective with respect to a Plan Year beginning
in 1997, then for such Plan Year the “look-back year” shall be the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year for which testing is being performed, and the “determination year” shall be the period of time, if any, which
extends beyond the “look-back year” and ends on the last day of the Plan Year for which testing is being performed. 
 A highly compensated former employee is based on the rules applicable to determining highly compensated employee status as in effect for that “determination year,” in accordance with Regulation 1.414(q)-1T, A-4 and IRS Notice
97-45 (or any superseding guidance). 
 In determining whether an employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year
beginning in 1997, the amendments to Code Section 414(q) stated above are treated as having been in effect for years beginning in 1996. 
 For purposes of this Section, for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1998, the determination of 415 Compensation shall be made by including amounts that would otherwise be excluded from a
Participant’s gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) and, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001 (or as of a date, no earlier than January 1, 1998, as specified in an
addendum to the Adoption Agreement), 132(f)(4), and, in the case of Employer contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, Code Section 403(b). 
 In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees who are non-resident aliens and who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)) from the Employer constituting
United States source income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees. Additionally, all Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer and Leased Employees within the meaning of Code
Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless such Leased Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5) and are not covered in any qualified plan maintained by the Employer. The exclusion of Leased
Employees for this purpose shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all of the Employer’s retirement plans. 
 1.32 “Highly Compensated Participant” means any Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to participate in the component of the Plan being tested. 
 1.33 “Hour of Service” means (1) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to
compensation by the Employer for the performance of duties during the applicable computation period (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed); (2) each hour for which an Employee
is directly or indirectly compensated or entitled to compensation by the Employer (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties (such as vacation, holidays, sickness, incapacity
(including disability), jury duty, lay-off, military duty or leave of absence) during the applicable computation period (these hours will be calculated and credited pursuant to Department of Labor regulation 2530.200b-2 which is incorporated herein
by reference); (3) each hour for which back

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 6 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
pay is awarded or agreed to by the Employer without regard to mitigation of damages (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or
agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made). The same Hours of Service shall not be credited both under (1) or (2), as the case may be, and under (3). 
 Notwithstanding (2) above, (i) no more than 501 Hours of Service are required to be credited to an Employee on account of any
single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period); (ii) an hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a
period during which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers’ compensation, or unemployment
compensation or disability insurance laws; and (iii) Hours of Service are not required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee. Furthermore, for
purposes of (2) above, a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or insurer, to which the
Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate. 

Hours of Service will be credited for employment with all Affiliated Employers and for any individual considered to be a Leased Employee
pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, the provisions of Department of Labor regulations 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference. 
 Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the method elected in the Adoption Agreement. 
 1.34 “Insurer” means any legal reserve insurance company which has issued or shall issue one or more Contracts or Policies
under the Plan. 
 1.35 “Investment Manager” means a Fiduciary as described in Act Section 3(38).

 1.36 “Joint and Survivor Annuity” means an annuity for the life of a Participant with a survivor annuity for
the life of the Participant’s spouse which is not less than fifty percent (50%), nor more than one-hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse
which can be purchased with the Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan reduced by any outstanding loan balances pursuant to Section 7.6. 
 1.37 “Key Employee” means an Employee as defined in Code Section 416(i) and the Regulations thereunder. Generally, any Employee or former Employee (as well as each of such
Employee’s or former Employee’s Beneficiaries) is considered a Key Employee if, the individual at any time during the Plan Year that contains the “Determination Date” (as defined in Section 9.2(c)) or any of the preceding
four (4) Plan Years, has been included in one of the following categories: 
 (a) an officer of the Employer
(as that term is defined within the meaning of the Regulations under Code Section 416) having annual 415 Compensation greater than fifty percent (50%) of the amount in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such Plan Year;

 (b) one of the ten Employees having annual 415 Compensation from the Employer for a Plan Year greater than the
dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends and owning (or considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) both more than one-half percent (1/2%) interest
and the largest interests in the Employer; 
 (c) a “five percent (5%) owner” of the Employer.
“Five percent (5%) owner” means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than five percent (5%) of the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing
more than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated business, any person who owns more than five percent (5%) of the capital or profits interest in the Employer;
and 
 (d) a “one percent (1%) owner” of the Employer having annual 415 Compensation from the
Employer of more than $150,000. “One percent (1%) owner” means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than one percent (1%) of the value of the outstanding stock of the
Employer or stock possessing more than one percent (1%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated business, any person who owns more than one percent (1%) of the capital or profits
interest in the Employer. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 7 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be
aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be treated as separate employers. In determining whether an individual has 415 Compensation of more than $150,000, 415 Compensation from each employer required to be aggregated
under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be taken into account. Furthermore, for purposes of this Section, for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1998, the determination of 415 Compensation shall be made by including
amounts that would otherwise be excluded from a Participant’s gross income by reason of the application of Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) and, for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001 (or as of a date, no earlier
than January 1, 1998, as specified in an addendum to the Adoption Agreement), 132(f)(4), and, in the case of Employer contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, Code Section 403(b). 
 1.38 “Late Retirement Date” means the date of, or the first day of the month or the Anniversary Date coinciding with or
next following, whichever corresponds to the election in the Adoption Agreement for the Normal Retirement Date, a Participant’s actual retirement after having reached the Normal Retirement Date. 
 1.39 “Leased Employee” means, effective with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, any person
(other than an Employee of the recipient Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient Employer and any other person or entity (“leasing organization”), has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and
related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient Employer.
Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient Employer. Furthermore, Compensation for a Leased
Employee shall only include Compensation from the leasing organization that is attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer. 
 A Leased Employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient Employer if: (a) such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer
contribution rate of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation, as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3), but for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1998, including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which
are excludable from the employee’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), or for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001 (or as of a date, no earlier than January 1, 1998, as specified in
an addendum to the Adoption Agreement), 132(f)(4), (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (b) leased employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the recipient Employer’s
nonhighly compensated workforce. 
 1.40 “Limitation Year” means the determination period used to determine
Compensation. However, the Employer may elect a different Limitation Year in the Adoption Agreement or by adopting a written resolution to such effect. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. Furthermore,
unless there is a change to a new Limitation Year, the Limitation Year will be a twelve (12) consecutive month period. In the case of an initial Limitation Year, the Limitation Year will be the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending
on the last day of the period specified in the Adoption Agreement (or written resolution). If the Limitation Year is amended to a different twelve (12) consecutive month period, the new “Limitation Year” must begin on a date within
the “Limitation Year” in which the amendment is made. 
 1.41 “Net Profit” means, with respect to any
Fiscal Year, the Employer’s net income or profit for such Fiscal Year determined upon the basis of the Employer’s books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, without any reduction for taxes based upon
income, or for contributions made by the Employer to this Plan and any other qualified plan. 
 1.42 “Non-Elective
Contribution” means the Employer’s contributions to the Plan other than Elective Deferrals, any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and any Qualified Matching Contributions. Employer matching contributions which are not Qualified
Matching Contributions shall be considered a Non-Elective Contribution for purposes of the Plan. 
 1.43 “Non-Highly
Compensated Participant” means any Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. However, if pursuant to Sections 12.4 or 12.6 the prior year testing method is used to calculate the ADP or the ACP, a Non-Highly Compensated
Participant shall be determined using the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for the preceding Plan Year. 
 1.44 “Non-Key Employee” means any Employee or former Employee (and such Employee’s or former Employee’s Beneficiaries) who is not, and has never been, a Key Employee. 
 1.45 “Normal Retirement Age” means the age elected in the Adoption Agreement at which time a Participant’s Account
shall be nonforfeitable (if the Participant is employed by the Employer on or after that date). 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 8 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 1.46 “Normal Retirement Date” means the date elected in the Adoption
Agreement. 
 1.47 “1-Year Break in Service” means, if the Hour of Service Method is elected in the Adoption
Agreement, the applicable computation period during which an Employee or former Employee has not completed more than 500 Hours of Service. Further, solely for the purpose of determining whether an Employee has incurred a 1-Year Break in Service,
Hours of Service shall be recognized for “authorized leaves of absence” and “maternity and paternity leaves of absence.” For this purpose, Hours of Service shall be credited for the computation period in which the absence from
work begins, only if credit therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service, or, in any other case, in the immediately following computation period. The Hours of Service credited for a “maternity or
paternity leave of absence” shall be those which would normally have been credited but for such absence, or, in any case in which the Administrator is unable to determine such hours normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day.
The total Hours of Service required to be credited for a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” shall not exceed the number of Hours of Service needed to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service. 
 “Authorized leave of absence” means an unpaid, temporary cessation from active employment with the Employer pursuant to an
established nondiscriminatory policy, whether occasioned by illness, military service, or any other reason. 
 A “maternity
or paternity leave of absence” means an absence from work for any period by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, birth of the Employee’s child, placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child, or
any absence for the purpose of caring for such child for a period immediately following such birth or placement. 
 If the
Elapsed Time Method is elected in the Adoption Agreement, a “1-Year Break in Service” means a twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the severance from service date or any anniversary thereof and ending on the next
succeeding anniversary of such date; provided, however, that the Employee or former Employee does not perform an Hour of Service for the Employer during such twelve (12) consecutive month period. 
 1.48 “Owner-Employee” means a sole proprietor who owns the entire interest in the Employer or a partner (or member in the
case of a limited liability company treated as a partnership or sole proprietorship for federal income tax purposes) who owns more than ten percent (10%) of either the capital interest or the profits interest in the Employer and who receives
income for personal services from the Employer. 
 1.49 “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who has
satisfied the requirements of Section 3.2 and has not for any reason become ineligible to participate further in the Plan. 
 1.50 “Participant Directed Account” means that portion of a Participant’s interest in the Plan with respect to which the Participant has directed the investment in accordance with the Participant Direction Procedures.

 1.51 “Participant Direction Procedures” means such instructions, guidelines or policies, the terms of which
are incorporated herein, as shall be established pursuant to Section 4.10 and observed by the Administrator and applied and provided to Participants who have Participant Directed Accounts. 
 1.52 “Participant’s Account” means the account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant
with respect to such Participant’s total interest under the Plan resulting from (a) the Employer’s contributions in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan or Money Purchase Plan, and (b) the Employer’s Non-Elective Contributions
in the case of a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan. Separate accountings shall be maintained with respect to that portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to Employer matching contributions and to Employer discretionary contributions made
pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(3). 
 1.53 “Participant’s Combined Account” means the total aggregate
amount of a Participant’s interest under the Plan resulting from Employer contributions (including Elective Deferrals). 
 1.54 “Participant’s Elective Deferral Account” means the account established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to such Participant’s total interest in the Plan resulting from
Elective Deferrals. Amounts in the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution restrictions of Section 12.2(c). 
 1.55 “Participant’s Rollover Account” means the account established and maintained by the Administrator for each
Participant with respect to such Participant’s interest in the Plan resulting from amounts transferred from another qualified plan or “conduit” Individual Retirement Account in accordance with Section 4.6. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 9 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 1.56 “Participant’s Transfer Account” means the account
established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to the total interest in the Plan resulting from amounts transferred to this Plan from a direct plan-to-plan transfer in accordance with Section 4.7. 

1.57 “Period of Service” means the aggregate of all periods commencing with an Employee’s first day of employment
or reemployment with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer and ending on the first day of a Period of Severance. The first day of employment or reemployment is the first day the Employee performs an Hour of Service. An Employee will also receive
partial credit for any Period of Severance of less than twelve (12) consecutive months. Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of days. 
 Periods of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized. Furthermore, Periods of Service with any predecessor employer that maintained this Plan shall be recognized. Periods of Service with
any other predecessor employer shall be recognized as elected in the Adoption Agreement. 
 In determining Periods of Service
for purposes of vesting under the Plan, Periods of Service will be excluded as elected in the Adoption Agreement and as specified in Section 3.5. 
 In the event the method of crediting service is amended from the Hour of Service Method to the Elapsed Time Method, an Employee will receive credit for a Period of Service consisting of: 
 (a) A number of years equal to the number of Years of Service credited to the Employee before the computation period during
which the amendment occurs; and 
 (b) The greater of (1) the Periods of Service that would be credited to
the Employee under the Elapsed Time Method for service during the entire computation period in which the transfer occurs or (2) the service taken into account under the Hour of Service Method as of the date of the amendment. 
 In addition, the Employee will receive credit for service subsequent to the amendment commencing on the day after the last day of the
computation period in which the transfer occurs. 
 1.58 “Period of Severance” means a continuous period of
time during which an Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first
absent from service. 
 In the case of an individual who is absent from work for “maternity or paternity” reasons, the
twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first day of such absence shall not constitute a one year Period of Severance. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for “maternity or
paternity” reasons means an absence (a) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (b) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (c) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the
adoption of such child by such individual, or (d) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. 
 1.59 “Plan” means this instrument (hereinafter referred to as Volume Submitter Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan and Trust) and the Adoption Agreement as adopted by the Employer,
including all amendments thereto and any addendum which is specifically permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan. This Volume Submitter Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan and Trust is used with the following plan Letter Serial Numbers:
VS322848, VS322849, and VS322850. 
 1.60 “Plan Year” means the Plan’s accounting year as specified in the
Adoption Agreement. Unless there is a Short Plan Year, the Plan Year will be a twelve-consecutive month period. 
 1.61
“Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity” means an immediate annuity for the life of a Participant’s spouse, the payments under which must be equal to the benefit which can be provided with the percentage, as specified in the Adoption
Agreement, of the Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan as of the date of death. If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, the percentage shall be equal to fifty percent (50%). Furthermore, if less than one hundred percent
(100%) of the Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan is used to provide the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, a proportionate share of each of the Participant’s accounts shall be used to provide the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

 1.62 “Qualified Matching Contribution” means any Employer matching contributions that are made pursuant to
Sections 12.1(a)(2) if elected in the Adoption Agreement, 12.5 and 12.7. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 10 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 1.63 “Qualified Matching Contribution Account” means the account
established hereunder to which Qualified Matching Contributions are allocated. Amounts in the Qualified Matching Contribution Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution restrictions of Section 12.2(c). 

1.64 “Qualified Non-Elective Contribution” means the Employer’s contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to
Sections 12.1(a)(4) if elected in the Adoption Agreement, 12.5 and 12.7. 
 1.65 “Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
Account” means the account established hereunder to which Qualified Non-Elective Contributions are allocated. Amounts in the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution
restrictions of Section 12.2(c). 
 1.66 “Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account” means the
account established hereunder to which a Participant’s tax deductible qualified voluntary employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.9 are allocated. 
 1.67 “Regulation” means the Income Tax Regulations as promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury or a delegate of the Secretary of the Treasury, and as amended from time to time.

 1.68 “Retired Participant” means a person who has been a Participant, but who has become entitled to
retirement benefits under the Plan. 
 1.69 “Retirement Date” means the date as of which a Participant retires
for reasons other than Total and Permanent Disability, regardless of whether such retirement occurs on a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, Early Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date (see Section 6.1). 
 1.70 “Self-Employed Individual” means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the trade or business
for which the Plan is established, and, also, an individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year. A Self-Employed Individual shall be treated as an Employee. 

1.71 “Shareholder-Employee” means a Participant who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Code Section 318(a)(1))
more than five percent (5%) of the Employer’s outstanding capital stock during any year in which the Employer elected to be taxed as a Small Business Corporation (S Corporation) under the applicable Code sections relating to Small Business
Corporations. 
 1.72 “Short Plan Year” means, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, a Plan Year of less than
a twelve (12) month period. If there is a Short Plan Year, the following rules shall apply in the administration of this Plan. In determining whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time Method
is used) for benefit accrual purposes in the Short Plan Year, the number of the Hours of Service (or months of service if the Elapsed Time Method is used) required shall be proportionately reduced based on the number of days (or months) in the Short
Plan Year. The determination of whether an Employee has completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service) for vesting and eligibility purposes shall be made in accordance with Department of Labor regulation 2530.203-2(c). In addition, if this Plan
is integrated with Social Security, then the integration level shall be proportionately reduced based on the number of months in the Short Plan Year. 
 1.73 “Super Top Heavy Plan” means a plan which would be a Top Heavy Plan if sixty percent (60%) is replaced with ninety percent (90%) in Section 9.2(a). However, effective
as of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1999, no Plan shall be considered a Super Top Heavy Plan. 
 1.74
“Taxable Wage Base” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the contribution and benefit base under Section 230 of the Social Security Act at the beginning of such Plan Year. 
 1.75 “Terminated Participant” means a person who has been a Participant, but whose employment has been terminated other
than by death, Total and Permanent Disability or retirement. 
 1.76 “Top Heavy Plan” means a plan described in
Section 9.2(a). 
 1.77 “Top Heavy Plan Year” means a Plan Year commencing after December 31, 1983,
during which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan. 
 1.78 “Top-Paid Group” shall be determined pursuant to Code
Section 414(q) and the Regulations thereunder and generally means the top twenty percent (20%) of Employees who performed services for the Employer during the applicable year, ranked according to the amount of 415 Compensation received
from the Employer during such year. All Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer, and Leased Employees shall be

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 11 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
treated as Employees if required pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or (o). Employees who are non-resident aliens who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code
Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States source income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees. Furthermore, for the purpose of determining the number of active Employees in any
year, the following additional Employees may also be excluded, however, such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose of identifying the particular Employees in the Top-Paid Group: 
 (a) Employees with less than six (6) months of service; 
 (b) Employees who normally work less than 17 1/2 hours per week; 
 (c) Employees who normally work less than six (6) months during a year; and 
 (d) Employees who have not yet attained age twenty-one (21). 
 In addition, if ninety percent (90%) or more of the Employees of the Employer are covered under agreements the Secretary of Labor finds
to be collective bargaining agreements between Employee representatives and the Employer, and the Plan covers only Employees who are not covered under such agreements, then Employees covered by such agreements shall be excluded from both the total
number of active Employees as well as from the identification of particular Employees in the Top- Paid Group. 
 The foregoing
exclusions set forth in this Section shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q) definition is applicable. Furthermore, in applying such exclusions, the Employer may substitute any
lesser service, hours or age. 
 1.79 “Total and Permanent Disability” means the inability to engage in any
substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve
(12) months. The disability of a Participant shall be determined by a licensed physician chosen by the Administrator. However, if the condition constitutes total disability under the federal Social Security Acts, the Administrator may rely upon
such determination that the Participant is Totally and Permanently Disabled for the purposes of this Plan. The determination shall be applied uniformly to all Participants. 
 1.80 “Trustee” means the person or entity named in the Adoption Agreement, or any successors thereto. 
 If the sponsor of this prototype is a bank, savings and loan, trust company, credit union or similar institution, a person or entity other
than the prototype sponsor (or its affiliates or subsidiaries) may not serve as Trustee without the written consent of the sponsor. 
 1.81 “Trust Fund” means the assets of the Plan and Trust as the same shall exist from time to time. 
 1.82 “Valuation Date” means the date or dates specified in the Adoption Agreement. Regardless of any election to the contrary, the Valuation Date shall include the Anniversary Date and may include any other date or dates
deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator for the valuation of Participants’ Accounts during the Plan Year, which may include any day that the Trustee, any transfer agent appointed by the Trustee or the Employer, or any stock
exchange used by such agent, are open for business. 
 1.83 “Vested” means the nonforfeitable portion of any
account maintained on behalf of a Participant. 
 1.84 “Voluntary Contribution Account” means the account
established and maintained by the Administrator for each Participant with respect to such Participant’s total interest in the Plan resulting from the Participant’s after-tax voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to
Section 4.7. 
 Amounts recharacterized as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 12.5 shall
remain subject to the limitations of Section 12.2. Therefore, a separate accounting shall be maintained with respect to that portion of the Voluntary Contribution Account attributable to after-tax voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant
to Section 4.8. 
 1.85 “Year of Service” means the computation period of twelve (12) consecutive
months, herein set forth, and during which an Employee has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service (unless a lower number of Hours of Service is specified in the Adoption Agreement). 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 12 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 For purposes of eligibility for participation, the initial computation period shall
begin with the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service (employment commencement date). The initial computation period beginning after a 1-Year Break in Service shall be measured from the date on which an Employee again performs
an Hour of Service. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, the succeeding computation periods shall begin on the anniversary of the Employee’s employment commencement date. However, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption
Agreement, if one (1) Year of Service or less is required as a condition of eligibility, then the computation period after the initial computation period shall shift to the current Plan Year which includes the anniversary of the date on which
the Employee first performed an Hour of Service, and subsequent computation periods shall be the Plan Year. If there is a shift to the Plan Year, an Employee who is credited with the number of Hours of Service to be credited with a Year of Service
in both the initial eligibility computation period and the first Plan Year which commences prior to the first anniversary of the Employee’s initial eligibility computation period will be credited with two (2) Years of Service for purposes
of eligibility to participate. 
 If two (2) Years of Service are required as a condition of eligibility, a Participant
will only have completed two (2) Years of Service for eligibility purposes upon completing two (2) consecutive Years of Service without an intervening 1-Year Break-in-Service. 
 For vesting purposes, and all other purposes not specifically addressed in this Section, the computation period shall be the period elected
in the Adoption Agreement. If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, the computation period shall be the Plan Year. 
 In determining Years of Service for purposes of vesting under the Plan, Years of Service will be excluded as elected in the Adoption Agreement and as specified in Section 3.5. 
 Years of Service and 1-Year Breaks in Service for eligibility purposes will be measured on the same eligibility computation period. Years of
Service and 1-Year Breaks in Service for vesting purposes will be measured on the same vesting computation period. 
 Years of
Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized. Furthermore, Years of Service with any predecessor employer that maintained this Plan shall be recognized. Years of Service with any other predecessor employer shall be recognized as elected
in the Adoption Agreement. 
 In the event the method of crediting service is amended from the Elapsed Time Method to the Hour
of Service Method, an Employee will receive credit for Years of Service equal to: 
 (a) The number of Years of
Service equal to the number of 1-year Periods of Service credited to the Employee as of the date of the amendment; and 
 (b) In the computation period which includes the date of the amendment, a number of Hours of Service (using the Hours of Service equivalency method elected in the Adoption Agreement) to any fractional part of a year credited to the Employee
under this Section as of the date of the amendment. 
 ARTICLE II 
 ADMINISTRATION 
  

	2.1	POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER 

 (a) In addition to the general powers and responsibilities otherwise provided for in this Plan, the Employer shall be empowered to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator from time to time as
it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan to ensure that the Plan is being operated for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Code, and the Act. The
Employer may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, agents (including any nonfiduciary agent) and other persons as the Employer deems necessary or desirable in connection with the exercise of its fiduciary duties under this Plan. The Employer may
compensate such agents or advisers from the assets of the Plan as fiduciary expenses (but not including any business (settlor) expenses of the Employer), to the extent not paid by the Employer. 
 (b) The Employer shall establish a “funding policy and method,” i.e., it shall determine whether the Plan has a
short run need for liquidity (e.g., to pay benefits) or whether liquidity is a long run goal and investment growth (and stability of same) is a more current need, or shall appoint a qualified person to do so. If the Trustee has discretionary
authority, the Employer or its delegate shall communicate such needs and goals to the Trustee, who shall coordinate such Plan needs with its investment policy. The communication of such a “funding policy and method” shall not, however,
constitute a directive to the Trustee as to the investment of the Trust Funds. Such “funding policy and method” shall be consistent with the objectives of this Plan and with the requirements of Title I of the Act. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 13 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (c) The Employer may appoint, at its option, an Investment Manager,
investment adviser, or other agent to provide direction to the Trustee with respect to any or all of the Plan assets. Such appointment shall be given by the Employer in writing in a form acceptable to the Trustee and shall specifically identify the
Plan assets with respect to which the Investment Manager or other agent shall have the authority to direct the investment. 
 (d) The Employer shall periodically review the performance of any Fiduciary or other person to whom duties have been delegated or allocated by it under the provisions of this Plan or pursuant to
procedures established hereunder. This requirement may be satisfied by formal periodic review by the Employer or by a qualified person specifically designated by the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and evaluation, or through other appropriate
ways. 
  

	2.2	DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY 

 The Employer may appoint one or more Administrators. If the Employer does not appoint an Administrator, the Employer will be the Administrator. Any person, including, but not limited to, the Employees of
the Employer, shall be eligible to serve as an Administrator. Any person so appointed shall signify acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer. An Administrator may resign by delivering a written resignation to the Employer or be
removed by the Employer by delivery of written notice of removal, to take effect at a date specified therein, or upon delivery to the Administrator if no date is specified. Upon the resignation or removal of an Administrator, the Employer may
designate in writing a successor to this position. 
  

	2.3	ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES 

 If more than one person is appointed as Administrator, the responsibilities of each Administrator may be specified by the Employer and accepted in writing by each Administrator. In the event that no such
delegation is made by the Employer, the Administrators may allocate the responsibilities among themselves, in which event the Administrators shall notify the Employer and the Trustee in writing of such action and specify the responsibilities of each
Administrator. The Trustee thereafter shall accept and rely upon any documents executed by the appropriate Administrator until such time as the Employer or the Administrators file with the Trustee a written revocation of such designation.

  

	2.4	POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR 

 The primary responsibility of the Administrator is to administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, subject to the specific terms of the Plan. The
Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and discretion to construe the terms of the Plan and determine all questions arising in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application
of the Plan. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Administrator decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. Any such determination by the Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. The
Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, supply any information, or reconcile any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Plan; provided, however,
that any procedure, discretionary act, interpretation or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon uniform principles consistently applied and shall be consistent with the intent that the Plan continue to be deemed a
qualified plan under the terms of Code Section 401(a), and shall comply with the terms of the Act and all regulations issued pursuant thereto. The Administrator shall have all powers necessary or appropriate to accomplish its duties under this
Plan. 
 The Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general administration of the Plan and the powers necessary
to carry out such duties as set forth under the terms of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the following: 
 (a) the discretion to determine all questions relating to the eligibility of an Employee to participate or remain a Participant hereunder and to receive benefits under the Plan; 
 (b) the authority to review and settle all claims against the Plan, including claims where the settlement amount cannot be
calculated or is not calculated in accordance with the Plan’s benefit formula. This authority specifically permits the Administrator to settle, in compromise fashion, disputed claims for benefits and any other disputed claims made against the
Plan; 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 14 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (c) to compute, certify, and direct the Trustee with respect to the
amount and the kind of benefits to which any Participant shall be entitled hereunder; 
 (d) to authorize and
direct the Trustee with respect to all discretionary or otherwise directed disbursements from the Trust Fund; 
 (e) to maintain all necessary records for the administration of the Plan; 
 (f) to interpret the
provisions of the Plan and to make and publish such rules for regulation of the Plan that are consistent with the terms hereof; 
 (g) to determine the size and type of any Contract to be purchased from any Insurer, and to designate the Insurer from which such Contract shall be purchased; 
 (h) to compute and certify to the Employer and to the Trustee from time to time the sums of money necessary or desirable to
be contributed to the Plan; 
 (i) to consult with the Employer and the Trustee regarding the short and long-term
liquidity needs of the Plan in order that the Trustee can exercise any investment discretion (if the Trustee has such discretion), in a manner designed to accomplish specific objectives; 
 (j) to prepare and implement a procedure for notifying Participants and Beneficiaries of their rights to elect Joint and
Survivor Annuities and Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuities if required by the Plan, Code and Regulations thereunder; 
 (k) to assist Participants regarding their rights, benefits, or elections available under the Plan; 
 (l) to act as the named Fiduciary responsible for communicating with Participants as needed to maintain Plan compliance with Act Section 404(c) (if the Employer intends to comply with Act Section 404(c)) including, but not limited
to, the receipt and transmission of Participants’ directions as to the investment of their accounts under the Plan and the formation of policies, rules, and procedures pursuant to which Participants may give investment instructions with respect
to the investment of their accounts; and 
 (m) to determine the validity of, and take appropriate action with
respect to, any qualified domestic relations order received by it. 
  

	2.5	RECORDS AND REPORTS 

 The
Administrator shall keep a record of all actions taken and shall keep all other books of account, records, and other data that may be necessary for proper administration of the Plan and shall be responsible for supplying all information and reports
to the Internal Revenue Service, Department of Labor, Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law. 
  

	2.6	APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS 

 The Administrator may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, agents (including nonfiduciary agents) and other persons as the Administrator deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of this Plan, including but not
limited to agents and advisers to assist with the administration and management of the Plan, and thereby to provide, among such other duties as the Administrator may appoint, assistance with maintaining Plan records and the providing of investment
information to the Plan’s investment fiduciaries and, if applicable, to Plan Participants. 
  

	2.7	INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER 

 The Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all pertinent facts as the Administrator may require in order to perform its functions hereunder and the Administrator shall advise the Trustee of such of the
foregoing facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee’s duties under the Plan. The Administrator may rely upon such information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or responsibility to verify such information. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 15 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

	2.8	PAYMENT OF EXPENSES 

 All
expenses of administration may be paid out of the Trust Fund unless paid by the Employer. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the functioning of the Administrator, or any person or persons retained or appointed by any Named
Fiduciary incident to the exercise of their duties under the Plan, including, but not limited to, fees of accountants, counsel, Investment Managers, agents (including nonfiduciary agents) appointed for the purpose of assisting the Administrator or
Trustee in carrying out the instructions of Participants as to the directed investment of their accounts (if permitted) and other specialists and their agents, the costs of any bonds required pursuant to Act Section 412, and other costs of
administering the Plan. Until paid, the expenses shall constitute a liability of the Trust Fund. 
  

	2.9	MAJORITY ACTIONS 

 Except
where there has been an allocation and delegation of administrative authority pursuant to Section 2.3, if there is more than one Administrator, then they shall act by a majority of their number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign all
papers on their behalf. 
  

	2.10	CLAIMS PROCEDURE 

 Claims
for benefits under the Plan may be filed in writing with the Administrator. Written notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished to the claimant within ninety (90) days after the application is filed, or such period as is required by
applicable law or Department of Labor regulation. In the event the claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in the notice in language calculated to be understood by the claimant, pertinent provisions of the Plan
shall be cited, and, where appropriate, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided. In addition, the claimant shall be furnished with an explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure. 
  

	2.11	CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE 

 Any Employee, former Employee, or Beneficiary of either, who has been denied a benefit by a decision of the Administrator pursuant to Section 2.10 shall be entitled to request the Administrator to give further consideration to the
claim by filing with the Administrator a written request for a hearing. Such request, together with a written statement of the reasons why the claimant believes such claim should be allowed, shall be filed with the Administrator no later than sixty
(60) days after receipt of the written notification provided for in Section 2.10. The Administrator shall then conduct a hearing within the next sixty (60) days, at which the claimant may be represented by an attorney or any other
representative of such claimant’s choosing and expense and at which the claimant shall have an opportunity to submit written and oral evidence and arguments in support of the claim. At the hearing (or prior thereto upon five (5) business
days written notice to the Administrator) the claimant or the claimant’s representative shall have an opportunity to review all documents in the possession of the Administrator which are pertinent to the claim at issue and its disallowance.
Either the claimant or the Administrator may cause a court reporter to attend the hearing and record the proceedings. In such event, a complete written transcript of the proceedings shall be furnished to both parties by the court reporter. The full
expense of any such court reporter and such transcripts shall be borne by the party causing the court reporter to attend the hearing. A final decision as to the allowance of the claim shall be made by the Administrator within sixty (60) days of
receipt of the appeal (unless there has been an extension of sixty (60) days due to special circumstances, provided the delay and the special circumstances occasioning it are communicated to the claimant within the sixty (60) day period).
Such communication shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. Notwithstanding
the preceding, to the extent any of the time periods specified in this Section are amended by law or Department of Labor regulation, then the time frames specified herein shall automatically be changed in accordance with such law or regulation.

 If the Administrator, pursuant to the claims review procedure, makes a final written determination denying a
Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit claim, then in order to preserve the claim, the Participant or Beneficiary must file an action with respect to the denied claim not later than one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of
the Administrator’s final determination. 
 ARTICLE III 
 ELIGIBILITY 
  

	3.1	CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY 

 Any Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate hereunder on the date such Employee has satisfied the conditions of eligibility elected in the Adoption Agreement. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 16 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

	3.2	EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION 

 An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the conditions of eligibility pursuant to Section 3.1 shall become a Participant effective as of the date elected in the Adoption Agreement. If said Employee is not employed on such date, but is
reemployed before a 1-Year Break in Service has occurred, then such Employee shall become a Participant on the date of reemployment or, if later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee not terminated
employment. 
 Unless specifically provided otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, an Eligible Employee who satisfies the
Plan’s eligibility requirement conditions by reason of recognition of service with a predecessor employer will become a Participant as of the day the Plan credits service with a predecessor employer or, if later, the date the Employee would
have otherwise entered the Plan had the service with the predecessor employer been service with the Employer. 
 If an Employee,
who has satisfied the Plan’s eligibility requirements and would otherwise have become a Participant, shall go from a classification of a noneligible Employee to an Eligible Employee, such Employee shall become a Participant on the date such
Employee becomes an Eligible Employee or, if later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee always been an Eligible Employee. 
 If an Employee, who has satisfied the Plan’s eligibility requirements and would otherwise become a Participant, shall go from a classification of an Eligible Employee to a noneligible class of
Employees, such Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan on the date such Employee again becomes an Eligible Employee, or, if later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee always been an Eligible
Employee. However, if such Employee incurs a 1-Year Break in Service, eligibility will be determined under the Break in Service rules set forth in Section 3.5. 
  

	3.3	DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY 

 The Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each Employee for participation in the Plan based upon information furnished by the Employer. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons, as long as the same is
made pursuant to the Plan and the Act. Such determination shall be subject to review pursuant to Section 2.11. 
  

	3.4	TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY 

 In the event a Participant shall go from a classification of an Eligible Employee to an ineligible Employee, such Former Participant shall continue to vest in the Plan for each Year of Service (or Period of Service, if the Elapsed Time
Method is used) completed while an ineligible Employee, until such time as the Participant’s Account is forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Additionally, the Former Participant’s interest in the Plan shall continue
to share in the earnings of the Trust Fund in the same manner as Participants. 
  

	3.5	REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND BREAKS IN SERVICE 

 (a) If any Participant becomes a Former Participant due to severance from employment with the Employer and is reemployed by the Employer before a 1-Year Break in Service occurs, the Former Participant
shall become a Participant as of the reemployment date. 
 (b) If any Participant becomes a Former Participant
due to severance from employment with the Employer and is reemployed after a 1-Year Break in Service has occurred, Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time Method is being used) shall include Years of Service (or Periods of
Service if the Elapsed Time Method is being used) prior to the 1-Year Break in Service subject to the following rules: 
 (1) In
the case of a Former Participant who under the Plan does not have a nonforfeitable right to any interest in the Plan resulting from Employer contributions, Years of Service (or Periods of Service) before a period of 1-Year Breaks in Service will not
be taken into account if the number of consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of (A) five (5) or (B) the aggregate number of pre-break Years of Service (or Periods of Service). Such aggregate number of
Years of Service (or Periods of Service) will not include any Years of Service (or Periods of Service) disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason of prior 1-Year Breaks in Service; 
 (2) A Former Participant who has not had Years of Service (or Periods of Service) before a 1-Year Break in Service disregarded pursuant to
(1) above, shall participate in the Plan as of the date of reemployment, or if later, as of the date the Former Participant would otherwise enter the Plan pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 taking into account all service not disregarded.

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 17 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (c) After a Former Participant who has severed employment with the
Employer incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, the Vested portion of such Former Participant’s Account attributable to pre-break service shall not be increased as a result of post-break service. In such case, separate
accounts will be maintained as follows: 
 (1) one account for nonforfeitable benefits attributable to pre-break service; and

 (2) one account representing the Participant’s Employer-derived account balance in the Plan attributable to post-break
service. 
 (d) If any Participant becomes a Former Participant due to severance of employment with the Employer
and is reemployed by the Employer before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, and such Former Participant had received a distribution of the entire Vested interest prior to reemployment, then the forfeited account shall be reinstated
only if the Former Participant repays the full amount which had been distributed. Such repayment must be made before the earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or the
close of the first period of five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution. If a distribution occurs for any reason other than a severance of employment, the time for repayment may not end earlier than
five (5) years after the date of distribution. In the event the Former Participant does repay the full amount distributed, the undistributed forfeited portion of the Participant’s Account must be restored in full, unadjusted by any gains
or losses occurring subsequent to the Valuation Date preceding the distribution. The source for such reinstatement may be Forfeitures occurring during the Plan Year. If such source is insufficient, then the Employer will contribute an amount which
is sufficient to restore the Participant’s Account, provided, however, that if a discretionary contribution is made for such year, such contribution will first be applied to restore any such accounts and the remainder shall be allocated in
accordance with the terms of the Plan. If a non-Vested Former Participant was deemed to have received a distribution and such Former Participant is reemployed by the Employer before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, then such
Participant will be deemed to have repaid the deemed distribution as of the date of reemployment. 
  

	3.6	ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE 

 An Employee may, subject to the approval of the Employer, elect voluntarily not to participate in the Plan. The election not to participate must be irrevocable and communicated to the Employer, in writing, within a reasonable period of time
before the beginning of the first Plan Year. For standardized Plans, a Participant or an Eligible Employee may not elect not to participate. 
  

	3.7	CONTROL OF ENTITIES BY OWNER-EMPLOYEE 

 Effective with respect to Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, if this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more Owner-Employees, the contributions on behalf of any
Owner-Employee shall be made only with respect to the Earned Income for such Owner-Employee which is derived from the trade or business with respect to which such Plan is established. 
 ARTICLE IV 
 CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

  

	4.1	FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION 

 (a) For a Money Purchase Plan: 
 (1) The Employer will make contributions on the
following basis. On behalf of each Participant eligible to share in allocations, for each year of such Participant’s participation in this Plan, the Employer will contribute the amount elected in the Adoption Agreement. All contributions by the
Employer will be made in cash. In the event a funding waiver is obtained, this Plan shall be deemed to be an individually designed plan. 
 (2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Employer which is not a tax-exempt entity, the Employer’s contribution for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum amount allowable as a
deduction to the Employer under the provisions of Code Section 404. However, to the extent necessary to provide the top heavy minimum allocations, the Employer shall make a contribution even if it exceeds the amount that is deductible under
Code Section 404. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 18 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (b) For a Profit Sharing Plan: 
 (1) For each Plan Year, the Employer may (or will in the case of a Prevailing Wage contribution) contribute to the Plan such amount as
elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. 
 (2) Additionally, the Employer will contribute to the Plan the amount
necessary, if any, to provide the top heavy minimum allocations, even if it exceeds current or accumulated Net Profit or the amount that is deductible under Code Section 404. 
  

	4.2	TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION 

 Unless otherwise provided by contract or law, the Employer may make its contribution to the Plan for a particular Plan Year at such time as the Employer, in its sole discretion, determines. If the
Employer makes a contribution for a particular Plan Year after the close of that Plan Year, the Employer will designate to the Administrator the Plan Year for which the Employer is making its contribution. 
  

	4.3	ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS 

 (a) The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each Anniversary Date, or other Valuation Date, all amounts
allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein. 
 (b) The Employer shall provide the Administrator with
all information required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of the Employer’s contribution, if any, for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the date of receipt by the Administrator of such information, the
Administrator shall allocate any contributions as follows: 
 (1) For a Money Purchase Plan (other than a Money Purchase Plan
which is integrated by allocation): 
 (i) The Employer’s contribution shall be allocated to each Participant’s
Account in the manner set forth in Section 4.1 herein and as specified in the Adoption Agreement. 
 (ii) However,
regardless of the preceding, a Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocations of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement are satisfied, unless a top heavy contribution is
required pursuant to Section 4.3(f). If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant completes more than five
hundred (500) Hours of Service (or three (3) Months of Service if the Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or who is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. Furthermore, with respect to a
non-standardized Adoption Agreement, regardless of any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary, for the Plan Year in which this Plan terminates, a Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s
contributions for the Plan Year if the Participant is employed at the end of the Plan Year and has completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time Method is elected). 
 (2) For an integrated Profit Sharing Plan allocation or a Money Purchase Plan which is integrated by allocation: 
 (i) Except as provided in Section 4.3(f) for top heavy purposes and subject to the “Overall Permitted Disparity Limits,” the
Employer’s contribution shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in a dollar amount equal to 5.7% of the sum of each Participant’s Compensation plus Excess Compensation. If the Employer does not contribute such amount for all
Participants, each Participant will be allocated a share of the contribution in the same proportion that each such Participant’s Compensation plus Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus the total Excess
Compensation of all Participants for that year. However, in the case of any Participant who has exceeded the “Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit,” the allocation set forth in this paragraph shall be based on such Participant’s
Compensation rather than Compensation plus Excess Compensation. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 19 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 Regardless of the preceding, 4.3% shall be substituted for 5.7% above if Excess
Compensation is based on more than 20% and less than or equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base. If Excess Compensation is based on less than 100% and more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base, then 5.4% shall be substituted for 5.7% above. 

(ii) The balance of the Employer’s contribution over the amount allocated above, if any, shall be allocated to each
Participant’s Account in the same proportion that each such Participant’s Compensation for the Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year. 
 (iii) However, regardless of the preceding, a Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocations of the Employer’s
Contribution for the year if the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement are satisfied, unless a contribution is required pursuant to Section 4.3(f). If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible
to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant completes more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service (or three (3) Months of Service if the Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption
Agreement) during the Plan Year or who is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. Furthermore, with respect to a non-standardized Adoption Agreement, regardless of any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary, for the Plan Year in which
this Plan terminates, a Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contributions for the Plan Year if the Participant is employed at the end of the Plan Year and has completed a Year of Service (or Period of
Service if the Elapsed Time Method is elected). 
 (3) For a Profit Sharing Plan with a non-integrated allocation formula or a
Prevailing Wage contribution: 
 (i) The Employer’s contribution shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in
accordance with the allocation method elected in the Adoption Agreement. 
 (ii) However, regardless of the preceding, a
Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocations of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement are satisfied, unless a top heavy contribution is required pursuant to
Section 4.3(f). If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant completes more than five hundred
(500) Hours of Service (or three (3) Months of Service if the Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or who is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. Furthermore, with respect to a
non-standardized Adoption Agreement, regardless of any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary, for the Plan Year in which this Plan terminates, a Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s
contributions for the Plan Year if the Participant is employed at the end of the Plan Year and has completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time Method is elected). 
 (4) “Overall Permitted Disparity Limits”: 
 “Annual Overall Permitted Disparity Limit”: Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, if in any Plan Year this Plan “benefits” any Participant who “benefits” under another
qualified plan or simplified employee pension, as defined in Code Section 408(k), maintained by the Employer that either provides for or imputes permitted disparity (integrates), then such plans will be considered to be one plan and will be
considered to comply with the permitted disparity rules if the extent of the permitted disparity of all such plans does not exceed 100%. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the extent of the permitted disparity of a plan is the ratio, expressed
as a percentage, which the actual benefits, benefit rate, offset rate, or employer contribution rate, whatever is applicable under the Plan, bears to the limitation under Code Section 401(l) applicable to such Plan. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the Employer maintains two or more standardized paired plans, only one plan may provide for permitted disparity. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 20 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 “Cumulative Permitted Disparity Limit”: With respect to a Participant who
“benefits” or “has benefited” under a defined benefit or target benefit plan of the Employer, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the cumulative permitted disparity limit for the Participant is
thirty five (35) total cumulative permitted disparity years. Total cumulative permitted disparity years means the number of years credited to the Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under the Plan, any other qualified plan or
simplified employee pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the Employer, while such plan either provides for or imputes permitted disparity. For purposes of determining the Participant’s cumulative permitted disparity
limit, all years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the Participant has not “benefited” under a defined benefit or target benefit plan which neither provides for nor imputes permitted disparity for any year
beginning on or after January 1, 1994, then such Participant has no cumulative disparity limit. 
 For purposes of this
Section, “benefiting” means benefiting under the Plan for any Plan Year during which a Participant received or is deemed to receive an allocation in accordance with Regulation 1.410(b)-3(a). 
 (c) Except as otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement or as provided in Section 4.10 with respect to Participant
Directed Accounts, as of each Valuation Date, before allocation of any Employer contributions and Forfeitures, any earnings or losses (net appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust Fund (exclusive of assets segregated for distribution) shall be
allocated in the same proportion that each Participant’s and Former Participant’s nonsegregated accounts bear to the total of all Participants’ and Former Participants’ nonsegregated accounts as of such date. If any nonsegregated
account of a Participant has been distributed prior to the Valuation Date subsequent to a Participant’s termination of employment, no earnings or losses shall be credited to such account. 
 (d) Participants’ Accounts shall be debited for any insurance or annuity premiums paid, if any, and credited with any
dividends or interest received on Contracts. 
 (e) On or before each Anniversary Date, any amounts which became
Forfeitures since the last Anniversary Date may be made available to reinstate previously forfeited account balances of Former Participants, if any, in accordance with Section 3.5(d) or used to satisfy any contribution that may be required
pursuant to Section 6.9. The remaining Forfeitures, if any, shall be treated in accordance with the Adoption Agreement. If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, any remaining Forfeitures will be used to reduce any future Employer
contributions under the Plan. However, if the Plan provides for an integrated allocation, then any remaining Forfeitures will be added to the Employer’s contributions under the Plan. Regardless of the preceding sentences, in the event the
allocation of Forfeitures provided herein shall cause the “Annual Additions” (as defined in Section 4.4) to any Participant’s Account to exceed the amount allowable by the Code, an adjustment shall be made in accordance with
Section 4.5. Except, however, a Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocations of Forfeitures for the year if the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement are satisfied, unless a top heavy contribution is required pursuant
to Section 4.3(f). If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant completes more than five hundred
(500) Hours of Service (or three (3) Months of Service if the Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or who is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. 
 (f) Minimum Allocations Required for Top Heavy Plan Years: Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the
sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to at least three percent (3%) of such Non-Key Employee’s 415 Compensation (reduced by
contributions and forfeitures, if any, allocated to each Non-Key Employee in any defined contribution plan included with this Plan in a “required aggregation group” (as defined in Section 9.2(f)). However, if (i) the sum of the
Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of each Key Employee for such Top Heavy Plan Year is less than three percent (3%) of each Key Employee’s 415 Compensation and (ii) this
Plan is not required to be included in a “required aggregation group” (as defined in Section 9.2(f)) to enable a defined benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410, the sum of the Employer’s
contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee shall be equal to the largest percentage allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of any Key Employee. 
 However, for each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant in a paired Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and a
paired Money Purchase Plan, the minimum three percent (3%) allocation specified above shall be provided in the Money Purchase Plan. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 21 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 If this is an integrated Plan, then for any Top Heavy Plan Year the
Employer’s contribution shall be allocated as follows and shall still be required to satisfy the other provisions of this subsection: 
 (1) An amount equal to three percent (3%) multiplied by each Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account. If the Employer does not
contribute such amount for all Participants, the amount shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in the same proportion that such Participant’s total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
Participants for such year. 
 (2) The balance of the Employer’s contribution over the amount allocated under subparagraph
(1) hereof shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in a dollar amount equal to three percent (3%) multiplied by a Participant’s Excess Compensation. If the Employer does not contribute such amount for all Participants,
each Participant will be allocated a share of the contribution in the same proportion that such Participant’s Excess Compensation bears to the total Excess Compensation of all Participants for that year. For purposes of this paragraph, in the
case of any Participant who has exceeded the cumulative permitted disparity limit described in Section 4.3(b)(4), such Participant’s total Compensation will be taken into account. 
 (3) The balance of the Employer’s contribution over the amount allocated under subparagraph (2) hereof shall be allocated to each
Participant’s Account in a dollar amount equal to 2.7% multiplied by the sum of each Participant’s total Compensation plus Excess Compensation. If the Employer does not contribute such amount for all Participants, each Participant will be
allocated a share of the contribution in the same proportion that such Participant’s total Compensation plus Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants for that year. For
purposes of this paragraph, in the case of any Participant who has exceeded the cumulative permitted disparity limit described in Section 4.3(b)(4), such Participant’s total Compensation rather than Compensation plus Excess Compensation
will be taken into account. 
 Regardless of the preceding, 1.3% shall be substituted for 2.7% above if Excess Compensation is
based on more than 20% and less than or equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base. If Excess Compensation is based on less than 100% and more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base, then 2.4% shall be substituted for 2.7% above. 
 (4) The balance of the Employer’s contributions over the amount allocated above, if any, shall be allocated to each Participant’s
Account in the same proportion that such Participant’s total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year. 
 For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant in this Plan and another non-paired defined contribution plan maintained by
the Employer, the minimum three percent (3%) allocation specified above shall be provided as specified in the Adoption Agreement. 
 (g) For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth above, the percentage allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of any Key Employee shall be equal to the ratio of the sum of the
Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated on behalf of such Key Employee divided by the 415 Compensation for such Key Employee. 
 (h) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum allocations set forth in this Section shall be allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of all Non-Key Employees who are Participants and who are
employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including Non-Key Employees who have (1) failed to complete a Year of Service; or (2) declined to make mandatory contributions (if required) or, in the case of a cash or deferred
arrangement, Elective Deferrals to the Plan. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 22 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (i) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in any Plan Year in
which the Employer maintains both this Plan and a defined benefit pension plan included in a “required aggregation group” (as defined in Section 9.2(f)) which is top heavy, the Employer will not be required (unless otherwise elected
in the Adoption Agreement) to provide a Non-Key Employee with both the full separate minimum defined benefit plan benefit and the full separate defined contribution plan allocations. In such case, the top heavy minimum benefits will be provided as
elected in the Adoption Agreement and, if applicable, as follows: 
 (1) If the 5% defined contribution minimum is elected in the
Adoption Agreement: 
 (i) The requirements of Section 9.1 will apply except that each Non-Key Employee who is a
Participant in the Profit Sharing Plan or Money Purchase Plan and who is also a Participant in the Defined Benefit Plan will receive a minimum allocation of five percent (5%) of such Participant’s 415 Compensation from the applicable
defined contribution plan(s). 
 (ii) For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant only in the Defined Benefit Plan the
Employer will provide a minimum non-integrated benefit equal to two percent (2%) of such Participant’s highest five (5) consecutive year average 415 Compensation for each Year of Service while a participant in the plan, in which the
Plan is top heavy, not to exceed ten (10). 
 (iii) For each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant only in this defined
contribution plan, the Employer will provide a minimum allocation equal to three percent (3%) of such Participant’s 415 Compensation. 
 (2) If the 2% defined benefit minimum is elected in the Adoption Agreement, then for each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant only in the defined benefit plan, the Employer will provide a minimum
non-integrated benefit equal to two percent (2%) of such Participant’s highest five (5) consecutive year average of 415 Compensation for each Year of Service while a participant in the plan, in which the Plan is top heavy, not to
exceed ten (10). 
 (j) For the purposes of this Section, 415 Compensation will be limited to the same dollar
limitations set forth in Section 1.11 adjusted in such manner as permitted under Code Section 415(d). 
 (k) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, all information necessary to properly reflect a given transaction may not be available until after the date specified herein for processing such transaction, in which case the
transaction will be reflected when such information is received and processed. Subject to express limits that may be imposed under the Code, the processing of any contribution, distribution or other transaction may be delayed for any legitimate
business reason (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and correction for errors
or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider). The processing date of a transaction will be binding for all purposes of the Plan. 
 (l) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the provisions of this subsection apply for any Plan Year if, in the non-standardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer elected to apply the
410(b) ratio percentage failsafe provisions and the Plan fails to satisfy the “ratio percentage test” due to a last day of the Plan Year allocation condition or an Hours of Service (or months of service) allocation condition. A plan
satisfies the “ratio percentage test” if, on the last day of the Plan Year, the “benefiting ratio” of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees who are “includible” is at least 70% of the “benefiting ratio” of the
Highly Compensated Employees who are “includible.” The “benefiting ratio” of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees is the number of “includible” Non-Highly Compensated Employees “benefiting” under the Plan
divided by the number of “includible” Employees who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees. The “benefiting ratio” of the Highly Compensated Employees is the number of Highly Compensated Employees “benefiting” under the
Plan divided by the number of “includible” Highly Compensated Employees. “Includible” Employees are all Employees other than: (1) those Employees excluded from participating in the plan for the entire Plan Year by reason of
the collective bargaining unit exclusion or the nonresident alien exclusion described in the Code or by reason of the age and service requirements of Article III; and (2) any Employee who incurs a separation from service during the Plan Year
and fails to complete at least 501 Hours of Service (or three (3) months of service if the Elapsed Time Method is being used) during such Plan Year. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 23 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 For purposes of this subsection, an Employee is “benefiting”
under the Plan on a particular date if, under the Plan, the Employee is entitled to an Employer contribution or an allocation of Forfeitures for the Plan Year. 
 If this subsection applies, then the Administrator will suspend the allocation conditions for the “includible”
Non-Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants, beginning first with the “includible” Employees employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, then the “includible” Employees who have the latest separation from
service during the Plan Year, and continuing to suspend the allocation conditions for each “includible” Employee who incurred an earlier separation from service, from the latest to the earliest separation from service date, until the Plan
satisfies the “ratio percentage test” for the Plan Year. If two or more “includible” Employees have a separation from service on the same day, then the Administrator will suspend the allocation conditions for all such
“includible” Employees, irrespective of whether the Plan can satisfy the “ratio percentage test” by accruing benefits for fewer than all such “includible” Employees. If the Plan for any Plan Year suspends the allocation
conditions for an “includible” Employee, then that Employee will share in the allocation for that Plan Year of the Employer contribution and Forfeitures, if any, without regard to whether the Employee has satisfied the other allocation
conditions set forth in this Section. 
 (m) Gateway Contribution. If this is a Profit Sharing Plan or a 401(k)
Profit Sharing Plan, then effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, each Plan Year the Employer may make an additional discretionary Employer contribution (“Gateway Contribution”) in an amount necessary to
satisfy the minimum allocation gateway requirement described in Regulation 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(vi). In applying the provisions of this subsection (m), the term “Employer contributions” shall also include any Forfeitures that are allocated
to a Participant, other than Forfeitures that are subject to Code Section 401(m) because they are allocated as a matching contribution. Furthermore, in applying the provisions of this subsection (m) to a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, the
term “Employer contributions” means any Employer Non-Elective Contributions, Non-Elective Safe Harbor Contributions and, except as otherwise provided in subsections (m)(2) and (3) below, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, and such
term excludes any matching contributions. 
 (1) Eligibility for Gateway Contribution. Any Gateway Contribution made pursuant to
this subsection for a Plan Year will be allocated to each Non-Highly Compensated Participant who receives an allocation of other “Employer contributions,” for such Plan Year. The Gateway Contribution will be allocated without regard to any
allocation conditions otherwise applicable to “Employer contributions” under the Plan. However, Participants who the Administrator disaggregates pursuant to Regulation 1.410(b)-7(c)(3) because they have not satisfied the greatest minimum
age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a) shall not be eligible to receive an allocation of any Gateway Contribution made pursuant to this Section 4.3(m) unless such an allocation is necessary to satisfy Code
Section 401(a)(4). 
 (2) Amount of Gateway Contribution. The Gateway Contribution will be allocated pro rata on the basis
of Compensation (as defined in (3) or (4) below, whichever is applicable) of each eligible Participant (as described in subsection (1) above) but in no event will an allocation of the Gateway Contribution exceed the lesser of:
(A) 5% of Compensation or (B) one-third (1/3) of the highest allocation rate for any Highly Compensated Participant for the Plan Year. Any allocation under the prior sentence will be reduced by the amount of any other “Employer
contributions,” excluding any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions that are used to satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage Test set forth in Section 12.4 or the Actual Contribution Percentage Test set forth in Section 12.6, allocated
for the same Plan Year to such Participant. 
 (3) Compensation for 5% Gateway allocation. For allocation purposes under the 5%
gateway contribution under (A) of subsection (2) above, Compensation means 415 Compensation except that it shall be determined for the Plan Year (rather than the Limitation Year) and shall exclude 415 Compensation paid while an Employee is
not a Participant in the Plan. 
 (4) Compensation for determination of rate and 1/3 Gateway allocation. For purposes of the 1/3
gateway contribution alternative under (B) of subsection (2) above, the Administrator will (a) determine the allocation rate, and (b) allocate the gateway contribution, using a Participant’s Compensation, provided the
definition of Compensation satisfies Regulation 1.414(s). In addition, the allocation rate for any Participant is determined by dividing the total “Employer contribution” made on behalf of such Participant by the Participant’s
Compensation (as defined in the preceding sentence). However, solely for purposes of determining the allocation rate of any Non-Highly Compensated Participant, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions that are used to satisfy the Actual Deferral
Percentage Test set forth in Section 12.4 or the Actual Contribution Percentage Test set forth in Section 12.6, shall not be taken into account. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 24 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

	4.4	MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS 

 (a)(1) If a Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another qualified plan maintained by the Employer, or a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e))
maintained by the Employer, or an individual medical account (as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2)) maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension (as defined in Code Section 408(k)) maintained by the Employer which provides
“Annual Additions,” the amount of “Annual Additions” which may be credited to the Participant’s accounts for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the “Maximum Permissible Amount” or any other
limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s accounts would cause the “Annual Additions” for the Limitation Year to exceed the “Maximum
Permissible Amount,” the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the “Annual Additions” for the Limitation Year will equal the “Maximum Permissible Amount,” and any amount in excess of the “Maximum
Permissible Amount” which would have been allocated to such Participant may be allocated to other Participants. 
 (2) Prior
to determining the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the “Maximum Permissible Amount” for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s 415
Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. 
 (3) As soon as is
administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year the “Maximum Permissible Amount” for such Limitation Year shall be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for such Limitation Year.

 (b)(1) This subsection applies if, in addition to this Plan, a Participant is covered under another qualified
defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer that is a “Master or Prototype Plan,” a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the Employer, an individual medical account (as defined in Code
Section 415(l)(2)) maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension (as defined in Code Section 408(k)) maintained by the Employer, which provides “Annual Additions,” during any Limitation Year. The “Annual
Additions” which may be credited to a Participant’s accounts under this Plan for any such Limitation Year shall not exceed the “Maximum Permissible Amount” reduced by the “Annual Additions” credited to a
Participant’s accounts under the other plans and welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions for the same Limitation Year. If the “Annual Additions” with respect to the Participant under other
defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds maintained by the Employer are less than the “Maximum Permissible Amount” and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s
accounts under this Plan would cause the “Annual Additions” for the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the “Annual Additions” under all such plans and welfare
benefit funds for the Limitation Year will equal the “Maximum Permissible Amount,” and any amount in excess of the “Maximum Permissible Amount” which would have been allocated to such Participant may be allocated to other
Participants. If the “Annual Additions” with respect to the Participant under such other defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts and simplified employee pensions in the aggregate are equal to or
greater than the “Maximum Permissible Amount,” no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s account under this Plan for the Limitation Year. 
 (2) Prior to determining the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the “Maximum
Permissible Amount” for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. 
 (3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the “Maximum Permissible Amount” for the
Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year. 
 (4)
If, pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(2) or Section 4.5, a Participant’s “Annual Additions” under this Plan and such other plans would result in an “Excess Amount” for a Limitation Year, the “Excess Amount” will
be deemed to consist of the “Annual Additions” last allocated, except that “Annual Additions” attributable to a simplified employee pension will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by “Annual Additions” to
a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account, and then by “Annual Additions” to a plan subject to Code Section 412, regardless of the actual allocation date. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 25 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (5) If an “Excess Amount” was allocated to a Participant on an allocation date
of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the “Excess Amount” attributed to this Plan will be the product of: 
 (i) the total “Excess Amount” allocated as of such date, times 
 (ii)
the ratio of (1) the “Annual Additions” allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (2) the total “Annual Additions” allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of
such date under this and all the other qualified defined contribution plans. 
 (6) Any “Excess Amount” attributed to
this Plan will be disposed of in the manner described in Section 4.5. 
 (c) If the Participant is covered
under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a “Master or Prototype Plan,” “Annual Additions” which may be credited to the Participant’s Combined Account under this Plan for any
Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with Section 4.4(b), unless the Employer provides other limitations in the Adoption Agreement. 
 (d) For any Limitation Year beginning prior to the date the Code Section 415(e) limits are repealed with respect to this Plan (as specified in the Adoption Agreement for the GUST transitional rules),
if the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant in this Plan, then the sum of the Participant’s “Defined Benefit Plan Fraction” and “Defined Contribution Plan
Fraction” may not exceed 1.0. In such event, the rate of accrual in the defined benefit plan will be reduced to the extent necessary so that the sum of the “Defined Contribution Fraction” and “Defined Benefit Fraction” will
equal 1.0. However, in the Adoption Agreement the Employer may specify an alternative method under which the plans involved will satisfy the limitations of Code Section 415(e), including increased top heavy minimum benefits so that the combined
limitation is 1.25 rather than 1.0. 
 (e) For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the
transfer of funds from one qualified plan to another is not an “Annual Addition.” In addition, the following are not Employee contributions for the purposes of Section 4.4(f)(1)(b): (1) rollover contributions (as defined in Code
Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3)); (2) repayments of loans made to a Participant from the Plan; (3) repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(7)(B) (cash-outs);
(4) repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section 411(a)(3)(D) (mandatory contributions); and (5) Employee contributions to a simplified employee pension excludable from gross income under Code
Section 408(k)(6). 
 (f) For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as follows:

 (1) “Annual Additions” means the sum credited to a Participant’s accounts for any Limitation Year of
(a) Employer contributions, (b) Employee contributions (except as provided below), (c) forfeitures, (d) amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2),
which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, (e) amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement
medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the Employer and (f) allocations under a
simplified employee pension. Except, however, the Compensation percentage limitation referred to in paragraph (f)(9)(ii) shall not apply to: (1) any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code Section 419A(f)(2)) after
separation from service which is otherwise treated as an “Annual Addition,” or (2) any amount otherwise treated as an “Annual Addition” under Code Section 415(l)(1). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Limitation Years
beginning prior to January 1, 1987, only that portion of Employee contributions equal to the lesser of Employee contributions in excess of six percent (6%) of 415 Compensation or one-half of Employee contributions shall be considered an
“Annual Addition.” 
 For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under Section 4.5 in the
Limitation Year to reduce Employer contributions shall be considered “Annual Additions” for such Limitation Year. 
 (2) “Defined Benefit Fraction” means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant’s “Projected Annual Benefits” under all the defined benefit plans (whether or not

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 26 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year under
Code Sections 415(b)(1)(A) as adjusted by Code Section 415(d) or one hundred forty percent (140%) of the “Highest Average Compensation” including any adjustments under Code Section 415(b). 
 Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a Participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning
after December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the sum
of the annual benefits under such plans which the Participant had accrued as of the end of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the plan after
May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, one hundred percent (100%) shall be substituted for one
hundred twenty-five percent (125%) unless the extra top heavy minimum allocation or benefit is being made pursuant to the Employer’s specification in the Adoption Agreement. However, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Super Top
Heavy Plan, one hundred percent (100%) shall always be substituted for one hundred twenty-five percent (125%). 
 (3)
Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation means $30,000 as adjusted under Code Section 415(d). 
 (4) Defined Contribution
Fraction means a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the “Annual Additions” to the Participant’s accounts under all the defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and
all prior “Limitation Years,” (including the “Annual Additions” attributable to the Participant’s nondeductible voluntary employee contributions to any defined benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the
Employer and the “Annual Additions” attributable to all welfare benefit funds (as defined in Code Section 419(e)), individual medical accounts (as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2)), and simplified employee pensions (as defined
in Code Section 408(k)) maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of which is the sum of the “Maximum Aggregate Amounts” for the current and all prior Limitation Years in which the Employee had service with the Employer
(regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser of one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar limitation determined under Code
Section 415(c)(1)(A) as adjusted by Code Section 415(d) or thirty-five percent (35%) of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for such year. 
 If the Employee was a Participant as of the end of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after
December 31, 1986, in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 5, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the “Defined Benefit
Fraction” would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this fraction, will be
permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in
the terms and conditions of the plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the Code Section 415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987. 
 For Limitation Years beginning prior to January 1, 1987, the “Annual Additions” shall not be recomputed to
treat all Employee contributions as “Annual Additions.” 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Top
Heavy Plan Year, one hundred percent (100%) shall be substituted for one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) unless the extra top heavy minimum allocation or benefit is being made pursuant to the Employer’s specification in the
Adoption Agreement. However, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Super Top Heavy Plan, one hundred percent (100%) shall always be substituted for one hundred twenty-five percent (125%). 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 27 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (5) “Employer” means the Employer that adopts this Plan and all Affiliated
Employers, except that for purposes of this Section, the determination of whether an entity is an Affiliated Employer shall be made by applying Code Section 415(h). 
 (6) “Excess Amount” means the excess of the Participant’s “Annual Additions” for the Limitation Year over the “Maximum Permissible Amount.” 
 (7) “Highest Average Compensation” means the average Compensation for the three (3) consecutive Years of Service with the
Employer while a Participant in the Plan that produces the highest average. A Year of Service with the Employer is the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on the last day of the Limitation Year. 
 (8) “Master or Prototype Plan” means a plan the form of which is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the Internal
Revenue Service. 
 (9) “Maximum Permissible Amount” means the maximum Annual Addition that may be contributed or
allocated to a Participant’s accounts under the Plan for any “Limitation Year,” which shall not exceed the lesser of: 
 (i) the “Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation,” or 
 (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of the
Participant’s 415 Compensation for the “Limitation Year.” 
 The Compensation Limitation referred
to in (ii) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code Sections 401(h) or 419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an “Annual Addition.” 
 If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different twelve
(12) consecutive month period, the “Maximum Permissible Amount” will not exceed the “Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short Limitation Year and
the denominator of which is twelve (12). 
 (10) “Projected Annual Benefit” means the annual retirement benefit
(adjusted to an actuarially equivalent “straight life annuity” if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a “straight life annuity” or qualified joint and survivor annuity) to which the Participant would be entitled under
the terms of the plan assuming: 
 (i) the Participant will continue employment until Normal Retirement Age (or current age, if
later), and 
 (ii) the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the current Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used
to determine benefits under the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years. 
 For purposes of this subsection,
“straight life annuity” means an annuity that is payable in equal installments for the life of the Participant that terminates upon the Participant’s death. 
 (g) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, the limitations, adjustments and other requirements
prescribed in this Section shall at all times comply with the provisions of Code Section 415 and the Regulations thereunder. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 28 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

	4.5	ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS 

 Allocation of “Annual Additions” (as defined in Section 4.4) to a Participant’s Combined Account for a Limitation Year generally will cease once the limits of Section 4.4 have
been reached for such Limitation Year. However, if as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual 415 Compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals
(within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any Participant under the limits of Section 4.4, or other facts and circumstances to which Regulation 1.415-6(b)(6) shall be applicable, the “Annual
Additions” under this Plan would cause the maximum provided in Section 4.4 to be exceeded, the “Excess Amount” will be disposed of in one of the following manners, as uniformly determined by the Plan Administrator for all
Participants similarly situated: 
 (a) Any after-tax voluntary Employee contributions (plus attributable gains),
to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be distributed to the Participant; 
 (b) If, after the
application of subparagraph (a), an “Excess Amount” still exists, any unmatched Elective Deferrals (and for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1995, any gains attributable to such Elective Deferrals), to the extent they
would reduce the Excess Amount, will be distributed to the Participant; 
 (c) To the extent necessary, matched
Elective Deferrals and Employer matching contributions will be proportionately reduced from the Participant’s Account. The Elective Deferrals (and for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1995, any gains attributable to such
Elective Deferrals) will be distributed to the Participant and the Employer matching contributions (and for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1995, any gains attributable to such matching contributions) will be used to reduce the
Employer’s contributions in the next Limitation Year; 
 (d) If, after the application of subparagraphs (a),
(b) and (c), an “Excess Amount” still exists, and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the “Excess Amount” in the Participant’s Account will be used to reduce Employer contributions
(including any allocation of Forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary; 
 (e) If, after the application of subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c), an “Excess Amount” still exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of a Limitation Year, the
“Excess Amount” will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions (including allocation of any Forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation
Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if necessary; and 
 (f) If a suspense account is in existence at any
time during a Limitation Year pursuant to this Section, no investment gains and losses shall be allocated to such suspense account. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense
account must be allocated and reallocated to Participants’ Accounts before any Employer contributions or any Employee contributions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. Except as provided in (a), (b) and (c) above,
“Excess Amounts” may not be distributed to Participants or Former Participants. 
  

	4.6	ROLLOVERS 

 (a) If elected in the Adoption Agreement and with the consent of the Administrator, the Plan may accept a “rollover,” provided the “rollover” will not jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan or create adverse tax
consequences for the Employer. The amounts rolled over shall be set up in a separate account herein referred to as a “Participant’s Rollover Account.” Such account shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to
forfeiture for any reason. For purposes of this Section, the term Participant shall include any Eligible Employee who is not yet a Participant, if, pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, “rollovers” are permitted to be accepted from Eligible
Employees. In addition, for purposes of this Section the term Participant shall also include former Employees if the Employer and Administrator consent to accept “rollovers” of distributions made to former Employees from any plan of the
Employer. 
 (b) Amounts in a Participant’s Rollover Account shall be held by the Trustee pursuant to the
provisions of this Plan and may not be withdrawn by, or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as elected in the Adoption Agreement and subsection (c) below. The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire as to
the propriety of the amount, value or type of assets transferred, nor to conduct any due diligence with respect to such assets; provided, however, that such assets are otherwise eligible to be held by the Trustee under the terms of this Plan.

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 29 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (c) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant
or Eligible Employee or such Participant’s or Eligible Employee’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the Participant’s Rollover Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant or the
Participant’s Beneficiary. Any distribution of amounts held in a Participant’s Rollover Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.6, including, but not limited to, all
notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, such amounts shall be considered to be part of a Participant’s benefit in determining whether an involuntary cash-out of benefits
may be made without Participant consent. 
 (d) The Administrator may direct that rollovers made after a
Valuation Date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant until such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may remain segregated, invested as part of the general Trust Fund or, if elected in
the Adoption Agreement, directed by the Participant. 
 (e) For purposes of this Section, the term
“qualified plan” shall mean any tax qualified plan under Code Section 401(a), or any other plans from which distributions are eligible to be rolled over into this Plan pursuant to the Code. The term “rollover” means:
(i) amounts transferred to this Plan in a direct rollover made pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(31) from another “qualified plan”; (ii) distributions received by an Employee from other “qualified plans” which are
eligible for tax-free rollover to a “qualified plan” and which are transferred by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60) days following receipt thereof; (iii) amounts transferred to this Plan from a conduit individual
retirement account provided that the conduit individual retirement account has no assets other than assets which (A) were previously distributed to the Employee by another “qualified plan” (B) were eligible for tax-free rollover
to a “qualified plan” and (C) were deposited in such conduit individual retirement account within sixty (60) days of receipt thereof; (iv) amounts distributed to the Employee from a conduit individual retirement account
meeting the requirements of clause (iii) above, and transferred by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60) days of receipt thereof from such conduit individual retirement account; and (v) any other amounts which are eligible to be
rolled over to this Plan pursuant to the Code. 
 (f) Prior to accepting any “rollovers” to which this
Section applies, the Administrator may require the Employee to establish (by providing opinion of counsel or otherwise) that the amounts to be rolled over to this Plan meet the requirements of this Section. 
  

	4.7	PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS 

 (a) With the consent of the Administrator, amounts may be transferred (within the meaning of Code Section 414(l)) to this Plan from other tax qualified plans under Code Section 401(a), provided
the plan from which such funds are transferred permits the transfer to be made and the transfer will not jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan or Trust or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. Prior to accepting any transfers to
which this Section applies, the Administrator may require an opinion of counsel that the amounts to be transferred meet the requirements of this Section. The amounts transferred shall be set up in a separate account herein referred to as a
“Participant’s Transfer Account.” Furthermore, for Vesting purposes, the Participant’s Transfer Account shall be treated as a separate “Participant’s Account.” 
 (b) Amounts in a Participant’s Transfer Account shall be held by the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and
may not be withdrawn by, or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as elected in the Adoption Agreement and subsection (d) below, provided the restrictions of subsection (c) below and Section 6.15 are satisfied.
The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to inquire as to the propriety of the amount, value or type of assets transferred, nor to conduct any due diligence with respect to such assets; provided, however, that such assets are otherwise
eligible to be held by the Trustee under the terms of this Plan. 
 (c) Except as permitted by Regulations
(including Regulation 1.411(d)-4), amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined in Regulation 1.401(k)-1(g)(3)), including amounts treated as elective contributions, which are transferred from another qualified plan in a plan-to-plan
transfer (other than a direct rollover) shall be subject to the distribution limitations provided for in Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d). 
 (d) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the Participant’s Transfer Account shall be used to
provide additional benefits to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. Any distribution of amounts held in a Participant’s Transfer Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of
Sections 6.5 and 6.6, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, such amounts shall be considered to be part of a Participant’s benefit in
determining whether an involuntary cash-out of benefits may be made without Participant consent. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 30 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (e) The Administrator may direct that Employee transfers made after a
Valuation Date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant until such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may remain segregated, invested as part of the general Trust Fund or, if elected in
the Adoption Agreement, directed by the Participant. 
 (f) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a
transfer directly to this Plan from another qualified plan (or a transaction having the effect of such a transfer) shall only be permitted if it will not result in the elimination or reduction of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit”
as described in Section 8.1(e). 
  

	4.8	VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS 

 (a) Except as provided in subsection 4.8(b) below, this Plan will not accept after-tax voluntary Employee contributions. If this is an amendment to a Plan that had previously allowed after-tax voluntary
Employee contributions, then this Plan will not accept after-tax voluntary Employee contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in which this Plan is adopted by the Employer. 
 (b) For 401(k) Plans, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferrals may,
in accordance with nondiscriminatory procedures established by the Administrator, elect to make after-tax voluntary Employee contributions to this Plan. Such contributions must generally be paid to the Trustee within a reasonable period of time
after being received by the Employer. 
 (c) The balance in each Participant’s Voluntary Contribution
Account shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason. 
 (d) A
Participant may elect at any time to withdraw after-tax voluntary Employee contributions from such Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account and the actual earnings thereon in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of
Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. If the Administrator maintains sub-accounts with respect to after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions (and earnings thereon) which were made on or before a specified date, a Participant shall be permitted to designate which sub-account shall be the source for the withdrawal. Forfeitures of Employer contributions shall not occur solely
as a result of an Employee’s withdrawal of after-tax voluntary Employee contributions. 
 In the event a
Participant has received a hardship distribution pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)(B) from any plan maintained by the Employer, then the Participant shall be barred from making any after-tax voluntary Employee contributions for a period
of twelve (12) months after receipt of the hardship distribution. 
 (e) At Normal Retirement Date, or such
other date when the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits, the Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant or the Participant’s
Beneficiary. 
 (f) To the extent a Participant has previously made mandatory Employee contributions under prior
provisions of this Plan, such contributions will be treated as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions. 
  

	4.9	QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS 

 (a) If this is an amendment to a Plan that previously permitted deductible voluntary Employee contributions, then each Participant who made “Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions” within
the meaning of Code Section 219(e)(2) as it existed prior to the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, shall have such contributions held in a separate Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account which shall be fully Vested at all
times. Such contributions, however, shall not be permitted for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986. 
 (b) A Participant may, upon written request delivered to the Administrator, make withdrawals from such Participant’s Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account. Any distribution shall be made in a manner which is consistent with
and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 31 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (c) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant
or the Participant’s Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits, the Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. 
  

	4.10	DIRECTED INVESTMENT ACCOUNT 

 (a) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, all Participants may direct the Trustee as to the investment of all or a portion of their individual account balances as set forth in the Adoption Agreement and
within limits set by the Employer. Participants may direct the Trustee, in writing (or in such other form which is acceptable to the Trustee), to invest their accounts in specific assets, specific funds or other investments permitted under the Plan
and the Participant Direction Procedures. That portion of the account of any Participant that is subject to investment direction of such Participant will be considered a Participant Directed Account. 
 (b) The Administrator will establish a Participant Direction Procedure, to be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
manner, setting forth the permissible investment options under this Section, how often changes between investments may be made, and any other limitations and provisions that the Administrator may impose on a Participant’s right to direct
investments. 
 (c) The Administrator may, in its discretion, include or exclude by amendment or other action
from the Participant Direction Procedures such instructions, guidelines or policies as it deems necessary or appropriate to ensure proper administration of the Plan, and may interpret the same accordingly. 
 (d) As of each Valuation Date, all Participant Directed Accounts shall be charged or credited with the net earnings, gains,
losses and expenses as well as any appreciation or depreciation in the market value using publicly listed fair market values when available or appropriate as follows: 
 (1) to the extent the assets in a Participant Directed Account are accounted for as pooled assets or investments, the allocation of earnings, gains and losses of each Participant’s Account shall be
based upon the total amount of funds so invested in a manner proportionate to the Participant’s share of such pooled investment; and 
 (2) to the extent the assets in a Participant Directed Account are accounted for as segregated assets, the allocation of earnings, gains on and losses from such assets shall be made on a separate and
distinct basis. 
 (e) Investment directions will be processed as soon as administratively practicable after
proper investment directions are received from the Participant. No guarantee is made by the Plan, Employer, Administrator or Trustee that investment directions will be processed on a daily basis, and no guarantee is made in any respect regarding the
processing time of an investment direction. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Employer, Administrator or Trustee reserves the right to not value an investment option on any given Valuation Date for any reason deemed appropriate by
the Employer, Administrator or Trustee. Furthermore, the processing of any investment transaction may be delayed for any legitimate business reason (including, but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the
transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider). The processing date of a transaction will be
binding for all purposes of the Plan and considered the applicable Valuation Date for an investment transaction. 
 (f) If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement that it intends to operate any portion of this Plan as an Act Section 404(c) plan, the Participant Direction Procedures should provide an explanation of the circumstances under
which Participants and their Beneficiaries may give investment instructions, including but not limited to, the following: 
 (1)
the conveyance of instructions by the Participants and their Beneficiaries to invest Participant Directed Accounts in a Directed Investment Option; 
 (2) the name, address and phone number of the Fiduciary (and, if applicable, the person or persons designated by the Fiduciary to act on its behalf) responsible for providing information to the
Participant or a Beneficiary upon request relating to the Directed Investment Options; 
 (3) applicable restrictions on
transfers to and from any Designated Investment Alternative; 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 32 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (4) any restrictions on the exercise of voting, tender and similar rights related to a
Directed Investment Option by the Participants or their Beneficiaries; 
 (5) a description of any transaction fees and expenses
which affect the balances in Participant Directed Accounts in connection with the purchase or sale of a Directed Investment Option; and 
 (6) general procedures for the dissemination of investment and other information relating to the Designated Investment Alternatives as deemed necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a description of the following: 

(i) the investment vehicles available under the Plan, including specific information regarding any Designated Investment Alternative;

 (ii) any designated Investment Managers; and 
 (iii) a description of the additional information that may be obtained upon request from the Fiduciary designated to provide such information. 
 (g) With respect to those assets in a Participant’s Directed Account, the Participant or Beneficiary shall direct the
Trustee with regard to any voting, tender and similar rights associated with the ownership of such assets (hereinafter referred to as the “Stock Rights”) as follows based on the election made in the Adoption Agreement: 
 (1) each Participant or Beneficiary shall direct the Trustee to vote or otherwise exercise such Stock Rights in accordance with the
provisions, conditions and terms of any such Stock Rights; 
 (2) such directions shall be provided to the Trustee by the
Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the procedure as established by the Administrator and the Trustee shall vote or otherwise exercise such Stock Rights with respect to which it has received directions to do so under this Section; and

 (3) to the extent to which a Participant or Beneficiary does not instruct the Trustee to vote or otherwise exercise such Stock
Rights, such Participants or Beneficiaries shall be deemed to have directed the Trustee that such Stock Rights remain nonvoted and unexercised. 
 (h) Any information regarding investments available under the Plan, to the extent not required to be described in the Participant Direction Procedures, may be provided to Participants in one or more
documents (or in any other form, including, but not limited to, electronic media) which are separate from the Participant Direction Procedures and are not thereby incorporated by reference into this Plan. 
  

	4.11	INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN 

 If the Employer maintains qualified retirement plans that provide for permitted disparity (integration), the provisions of Section 4.3(b)(4) will apply. Furthermore, if the Employer maintains two or more standardized paired plans, only
one plan may provide for permitted disparity. 
  

	4.12	QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE 

 Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, effective as of the later of December 12, 1994, or the Effective Date of the Plan, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will
be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u). Furthermore, loan repayments may be suspended under this Plan as permitted under Code
 Section 414(u)(4). 
 ARTICLE V 
 VALUATIONS 
  

	5.1	VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND 

 The Administrator shall direct the Trustee, as of each Valuation Date, to determine the net worth of the assets comprising the Trust Fund as it exists on the Valuation Date. In determining such net worth, the Trustee shall value the assets
comprising the Trust Fund at their fair market value (or their contractual value in the case of a Contract or Policy) as of the Valuation Date and may deduct all expenses for which the Trustee has not yet been paid by the Employer or the Trust Fund.
The Trustee may update the value of any shares held in a Participant Directed Account by reference to the number of shares held on behalf of the Participant, priced at the market value as of the Valuation Date. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 33 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

	5.2	METHOD OF VALUATION 

 In
determining the fair market value of securities held in the Trust Fund which are listed on a registered stock exchange, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to value the same at the prices they were last traded on such exchange preceding the
close of business on the Valuation Date. If such securities were not traded on the Valuation Date, or if the exchange on which they are traded was not open for business on the Valuation Date, then the securities shall be valued at the prices at
which they were last traded prior to the Valuation Date. Any unlisted security held in the Trust Fund shall be valued at its bid price next preceding the close of business on the Valuation Date, which bid price shall be obtained from a registered
broker or an investment banker. In determining the fair market value of assets other than securities for which trading or bid prices can be obtained, the Trustee may appraise such assets itself, or in its discretion, employ one or more appraisers
for that purpose and rely on the values established by such appraiser or appraisers. 
 ARTICLE VI 
 DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS 
  

	6.1	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT 

 Every Participant may terminate employment with the Employer and retire for purposes hereof on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date. However, a Participant may postpone
the termination of employment with the Employer to a later date, in which event the participation of such Participant in the Plan, including the right to receive allocations pursuant to Section 4.3, shall continue until such Participant’s
Retirement Date. Upon a Participant’s Retirement Date, or if elected in the Adoption Agreement, the attainment of Normal Retirement Date without termination of employment with the Employer, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, the
Administrator shall direct the distribution, at the election of the Participant, of the Participant’s entire Vested interest in the Plan in accordance with Section 6.5. 
  

	6.2	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH 

 (a) Upon the death of a Participant before the Participant’s Retirement Date or other termination of employment, all amounts credited to such Participant’s Combined Account shall, if elected in
the Adoption Agreement, become fully Vested. The Administrator shall direct, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, the distribution of the deceased Participant’s Vested accounts to the Participant’s Beneficiary.

 (b) Upon the death of a Former Participant, the Administrator shall direct, in accordance with the provisions
of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, the distribution of any remaining Vested amounts credited to the accounts of such deceased Former Participant to such Former Participant’s Beneficiary. 
 (c) The Administrator may require such proper proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive payment
of the value of the account of a deceased Participant or Former Participant as the Administrator may deem desirable. The Administrator’s determination of death and of the right of any person to receive payment shall be conclusive. 

(d) Unless otherwise elected in the manner prescribed in Section 6.6, the Beneficiary of the Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity shall be the Participant’s surviving spouse. Except, however, the Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than the spouse for the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity if: 
 (1) the Participant and the Participant’s spouse have validly waived the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in the manner prescribed in
Section 6.6, and the spouse has waived the right to be the Participant’s Beneficiary, 
 (2) the Participant is legally
separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of local law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect (and there is no “qualified domestic relations order” as defined in Code Section 414(p) which provides otherwise),

 (3) the Participant has no spouse, or 
 (4) the spouse cannot be located. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 34 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall be made on a form
satisfactory to the Administrator. A Participant may at any time revoke a designation of a Beneficiary or change a Beneficiary by filing written (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) notice of such revocation or change with the
Administrator. However, the Participant’s spouse must again consent in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) to any change in Beneficiary unless the original consent acknowledged that the spouse had the right to limit consent
only to a specific Beneficiary and that the spouse voluntarily elected to relinquish such right. 
 (e) A
Participant may, at any time, designate a Beneficiary for death benefits, if any, payable under the Plan that are in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity without the waiver or consent of the Participant’s spouse. In the event no valid
designation of Beneficiary exists, or if the Beneficiary is not alive at the time of the Participant’s death, the death benefit will be paid in the following order of priority, unless the Employer specifies a different order of priority in an
addendum to the Adoption Agreement, to: 
 (1) The Participant’s surviving spouse; 
 (2) The Participant’s children, including adopted children, per stirpes 
 (3) The Participant’s surviving parents, in equal shares; or 
 (4) The Participant’s estate. 
 If the Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant, but dies prior to distribution of the death benefit, the death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary’s estate. 
 (f) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if a Participant has designated the spouse as a Beneficiary,
then a divorce decree or a legal separation that relates to such spouse shall revoke the Participant’s designation of the spouse as a Beneficiary unless the decree or a qualified domestic relations order (within the meaning of Code
Section 414(p)) provides otherwise or a subsequent Beneficiary designation is made. 
 (g) If the Plan
provides an insured death benefit and a Participant dies before any insurance coverage to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan is effected, the death benefit from such insurance coverage shall be limited to the premium which was or
otherwise would have been used for such purpose. 
 (h) In the event of any conflict between the terms of this
Plan and the terms of any Contract issued hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control. 
  

	6.3	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY 

 In the event of a Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability prior to the Participant’s Retirement Date or other termination of employment, all amounts credited to such Participant’s
Combined Account shall, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, become fully Vested. In the event of a Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability, the Administrator, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.7, shall direct the
distribution to such Participant of the entire Vested interest in the Plan. 
  

	6.4	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION 

 (a) If a Participant’s employment with the Employer is terminated for any reason other than death, Total and Permanent Disability, or retirement, then such Participant shall be entitled to such
benefits as are provided herein. 
 Distribution of the funds due to a Terminated Participant shall be made on
the occurrence of an event which would result in the distribution had the Terminated Participant remained in the employ of the Employer (upon the Participant’s death, Total and Permanent Disability, Early or Normal Retirement). However, at the
election of the Participant, the Administrator shall direct that the entire Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s Combined Account be payable to such Terminated Participant provided the conditions, if any, set forth in the Adoption
Agreement have been satisfied. Any distribution under this paragraph shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code
Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. 
 Regardless of whether distributions in kind are
permitted, in the event the amount of the Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s Combined Account equals or exceeds the fair market value of any insurance Contracts, the Trustee, when so directed by the Administrator and agreed to by
the Terminated Participant, shall assign, transfer, and set over to such Terminated Participant all Contracts on such

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 35 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
Terminated Participant’s life in such form or with such endorsements, so that the settlement options and forms of payment are consistent with the provisions of Section 6.5. In the event
that the Terminated Participant’s Vested portion does not at least equal the fair market value of the Contracts, if any, the Terminated Participant may pay over to the Trustee the sum needed to make the distribution equal to the value of the
Contracts being assigned or transferred, or the Trustee, pursuant to the Participant’s election, may borrow the cash value of the Contracts from the Insurer so that the value of the Contracts is equal to the Vested portion of the Terminated
Participant’s Combined Account and then assign the Contracts to the Terminated Participant. 
 Notwithstanding the above, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if the value of a Terminated Participant’s Vested benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000 (or, $3,500 for
distributions made prior to the later of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after August 5, 1997, or the date specified in the Adoption Agreement) the Administrator shall direct that the entire Vested benefit be paid to such
Participant in a single lump-sum without regard to the consent of the Participant or the Participant’s spouse. A Participant’s Vested benefit shall not include Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions within the meaning of Code
Section 72(o)(5)(B) for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989. Furthermore, the determination of whether the $5,000 (or, if applicable, $3,500) threshold has been exceeded is generally based on the value of the Vested benefit as of
the Valuation Date preceding the date of the distribution. However, if the “lookback rule” applies, the applicable threshold is deemed to be exceeded if the Vested benefit exceeded the applicable threshold at the time of any prior
distribution. The “lookback rule” generally applies to all distributions made prior to March 22, 1999. With respect to distributions made on or after March 22, 1999, the “lookback rule” applies if either (1) the
provisions of Section 6.12 do not apply or (2) a Participant has begun to receive distributions pursuant to an optional form of benefit under which at least one scheduled periodic distribution has not yet been made, and if the value of the
Participant’s benefit, determined at the time of the first distribution under that optional form of benefit exceeded the applicable threshold. However, the Plan does not fail to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph if, prior to the
adoption of this Prototype Plan, the “lookback rule” was applied to all distributions. Notwithstanding the preceding, the “lookback rule” will not apply to any distributions made on or after October 17, 2000. 
 (b) The Vested portion of any Participant’s Account shall be a percentage of such Participant’s Account determined
on the basis of the Participant’s number of Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time Method is elected) according to the vesting schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement. However, a Participant’s entire interest in
the Plan shall be non-forfeitable upon the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age (if the Participant is employed by the Employer on or after such date). 
 (c) For any Top Heavy Plan Year, the minimum top heavy vesting schedule elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement will automatically apply to the Plan. The minimum top heavy vesting schedule
applies to all benefits within the meaning of Code Section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to Employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of Code Section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became
top heavy. Further, no decrease in a Participant’s Vested percentage shall occur in the event the Plan’s status as top heavy changes for any Plan Year. However, this Section does not apply to the account balances of any Employee who does
not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become top heavy and the Vested percentage of such Employee’s Participant’s Account shall be determined without regard to this Section 6.4(c). 
 If in any subsequent Plan Year the Plan ceases to be a Top Heavy Plan, then unless a specific Plan amendment is made to
provide otherwise, the Administrator will continue to use the vesting schedule in effect while the Plan was a Top Heavy Plan. 
 (d) Upon the complete discontinuance of the Employer’s contributions to the Plan (if this is a profit sharing plan) or upon any full or partial termination of the Plan, all amounts then credited to
the account of any affected Participant shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter be subject to Forfeiture. 
 (e) If this is an amended or restated Plan, then notwithstanding the vesting schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Vested percentage of a Participant’s Account shall not be less than the Vested percentage attained as of the
later of the effective date or adoption date of this amendment and restatement. The computation of a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage of such Participant’s interest in the Plan shall not be reduced as the result of any direct or
indirect amendment to this Article, or due to changes in the Plan’s status as a Top Heavy Plan. Furthermore, if the Plan’s vesting schedule is amended, then the amended schedule will only apply to those Participants who complete an Hour of
Service after the effective date of the amendment. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 36 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (f) If the Plan’s vesting schedule is amended, or if the Plan is
amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to a top heavy vesting schedule, then each Participant with at least
three (3) Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time Method is elected) as of the expiration date of the election period may elect to have such Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard
to such amendment or change. If a Participant fails to make such election, then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule. The Participant’s election period shall commence on the adoption date of the amendment and shall end
sixty (60) days after the latest of: 
 (1) the adoption date of the amendment, 
 (2) the effective date of the amendment, or 
 (3) the date the Participant receives written notice of the amendment from the Employer or Administrator. 
 (g) In determining Years of Service or Periods of Service for purposes of vesting under the Plan, Years of Service or Periods of Service shall be excluded as elected in the Adoption Agreement. 

 

	6.5	DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS 

 (a) (1) Unless otherwise elected as provided below, a Participant who is married on the Annuity Starting Date and who does not die before the Annuity Starting Date shall receive the value of all Plan
benefits in the form of a Joint and Survivor Annuity. The Joint and Survivor Annuity is an annuity that commences immediately and shall be equal in value to a single life annuity. Such joint and survivor benefits following the Participant’s
death shall continue to the spouse during the spouse’s lifetime at a rate equal to either fifty percent (50%) (or, sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) if the Insurer used to provide the annuity does not offer a joint and
seventy-five percent (75%) annuity), or one hundred percent (100%) of the rate at which such benefits were payable to the Participant. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, a joint and fifty percent (50%) survivor
annuity shall be considered the designated qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the normal form of payment for the purposes of this Plan. However, the Participant may, without spousal consent, elect an alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity,
which alternative shall be equal in value to the designated qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. An unmarried Participant shall receive the value of such Participant’s benefit in the form of a life annuity. Such unmarried Participant, however,
may elect to waive the life annuity. The election must comply with the provisions of this Section as if it were an election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity by a married Participant, but without fulfilling the spousal consent requirement. The
Participant may elect to have any annuity provided for in this Section distributed upon the attainment of the “earliest retirement age” under the Plan. The “earliest retirement age” is the earliest date on which, under the Plan,
the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits. 
 (2) Any election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity must be
made by the Participant in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) during the election period and be consented to in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) by the Participant’s spouse. If the spouse is legally
incompetent to give consent, the spouse’s legal guardian, even if such guardian is the Participant, may give consent. Such election shall designate a Beneficiary (or a form of benefits) that may not be changed without spousal consent (unless
the consent of the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without the requirement of further consent by the spouse). Such spouse’s consent shall be irrevocable and must acknowledge the effect of such election and be witnessed
by a Plan representative or a notary public. Such consent shall not be required if it is established to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the required consent cannot be obtained because there is no spouse, the spouse cannot be located, or
other circumstances that may be prescribed by Regulations. The election made by the Participant and consented to by such Participant’s spouse may be revoked by the Participant in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) without
the consent of the spouse at any time during the election period. A revocation of a prior election shall cause the Participant’s benefits to be distributed as a Joint and Survivor Annuity. The number of revocations shall not be limited. Any new
election must comply with the requirements of this paragraph. A former spouse’s waiver shall not be binding on a new spouse. 
 (3) The election period to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be the ninety (90) day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 37 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (4) For purposes of this Section, spouse or surviving spouse means the spouse or
surviving spouse of the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic
relations order as described in Code Section 414(p). 
 (5) With regard to the election, except as otherwise provided
herein, the Administrator shall provide to the Participant no less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days before the Annuity Starting Date a written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) explanation of: 

(i) the terms and conditions of the Joint and Survivor Annuity, 
 (ii) the Participant’s right to make and the effect of an election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, 
 (iii) the right of the Participant’s spouse to consent to any election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and 
 (iv) the right of the Participant to revoke such election, and the effect of such revocation. 
 (6) Any distribution provided for in this Section made on or after December 31, 1996, may commence less than thirty (30) days after
the notice required by Code Section 417(a)(3) is given provided the following requirements are satisfied: 
 (i) the
Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider whether to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity and to elect (with spousal consent) a form of
distribution other than a Joint and Survivor Annuity; 
 (ii) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative
distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the seven (7) day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the
Participant; 
 (iii) the Annuity Starting Date is after the time that the explanation of the Joint and Survivor Annuity is
provided to the Participant. However, the Annuity Starting Date may be before the date that any affirmative distribution election is made by the Participant and before the date that the distribution is permitted to commence under (iv) below;
and 
 (iv) distribution in accordance with the affirmative election does not commence before the expiration of the seven
(7) day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant. 
 (b) In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) above not to receive the benefit in the form of a Joint and Survivor Annuity, or if such Participant is not married, in the
form of a life annuity, the Administrator, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the distribution to a Participant or Beneficiary any amount to which the Participant or Beneficiary is entitled under the Plan in one or more of the
following methods which are permitted pursuant to the Adoption Agreement: 
 (1) One lump-sum payment in cash or in property
that is allocated to the accounts of the Participant at the time of the distribution; 
 (2) Partial withdrawals; 
 (3) Payments over a period certain in monthly, quarterly, semiannual, or annual cash installments. In order to provide such installment
payments, the Administrator may (A) segregate the aggregate amount thereof in a separate, federally insured savings account, certificate of deposit in a bank or savings and loan association, money market certificate or other liquid short-term
security or (B) purchase a nontransferable annuity contract for a term certain (with no life contingencies) providing for such payment. The period over which such payment is to be made shall not extend beyond the Participant’s life
expectancy (or the life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary); 
 (4) Purchase of or
providing an annuity. However, such annuity may not be in any form that will provide for payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary)
or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary). 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 38 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (c) Benefits may not be paid without the Participant’s and the
Participant’s spouse’s consent if the present value of the Participant’s Joint and Survivor Annuity derived from Employer and Employee contributions exceeds, or has ever exceeded, $5,000 (or $3,500, for distributions made prior to the
later of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after August 5, 1997, or the date specified in the Adoption Agreement) and the benefit is “immediately distributable.” However, spousal consent is not required if the
distribution will made in the form a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the benefit is “immediately distributable.” A benefit is “immediately distributable” if any part of the benefit could be distributed to the Participant
(or surviving spouse) before the Participant attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age or age 62. 
 If the value of the Participant’s benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed, and has
never exceeded at the time of any prior distribution, $5,000 (or, if applicable, $3,500), then the Administrator will distribute such benefit in a lump-sum without such Participant’s consent. No distribution may be made under the preceding
sentence after the Annuity Starting Date unless the Participant and the Participant’s spouse consent in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) to such distribution. Any consent required under this paragraph must be obtained not
more than ninety (90) days before commencement of the distribution and shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2). Notwithstanding the preceding, the “lookback rule” (which provides that if the present value at
the time of a prior distribution exceeded the applicable dollar threshold, then the present value at any subsequent time is deemed to exceed the threshold) will not apply to any distributions made on or after October 17, 2000. 
 (d) The following rules will apply with respect to the consent requirements set forth in subsection (c): 
 (1) No consent shall be valid unless the Participant has received a general description of the material features and an explanation of the
relative values of the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417; 
 (2) The Participant must be informed of the right to defer receipt of the distribution. If a Participant fails to consent, it shall be deemed an election to defer the commencement of payment of any
benefit. However, any election to defer the receipt of benefits shall not apply with respect to distributions that are required under Section 6.5(e); 
 (3) Notice of the rights specified under this paragraph shall be provided no less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days before the Annuity Starting Date; 
 (4) Written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) consent of the Participant to the distribution must not be made before the
Participant receives the notice and must not be made more than ninety (90) days before the Annuity Starting Date; and 
 (5)
No consent shall be valid if a significant detriment is imposed under the Plan on any Participant who does not consent to the distribution. 
 (e) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the distribution of a Participant’s benefits, whether under the Plan or through
the purchase of an annuity Contract, shall be made in accordance with the following requirements and shall otherwise comply with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder (including Regulation 1.401(a)(9)-2): 
 (1) A Participant’s benefits will be distributed or must begin to be distributed not later than the Participant’s “required
beginning date.” Alternatively, distributions to a Participant must begin no later than the Participant’s “required beginning date” and must be made over the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and the
Participant’s designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancies of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary) in accordance with Regulations. However, if the distribution is to
be in the form of a joint and survivor annuity or single life annuity, then distributions must begin no later than the “required beginning date” and must be made over the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and the
Participant’s designated Beneficiary) in accordance with Regulations. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 39 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (2) The “required beginning date” for a Participant who is a “five
percent (5%) owner” with respect to the Plan Year ending in the calendar year in which such Participant attains age 70 1/2 means April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age
70 1/2. Once distributions have begun to a “five percent (5%) owner” under this subsection, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a “five percent (5%) owner” in a subsequent
year. 
 (3) The “required beginning date” for a Participant other than a “five percent (5%) owner”
means, unless the Employer has elected to continue the pre-SBJPA rules in the Adoption Agreement, April 1st of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 or the calendar year in
which the Participant retires. 
 (4) If the election is made to continue the pre-SBJPA rules, then except as provided below, the
“required beginning date” is April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which a Participant attains age 70 1/2. 
 (i) However, the “required beginning date” for a Participant who had attained age 70 1/2 before January 1, 1988, and was not a five percent (5%) owner (within the meaning of
Code Section 416) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which the Participant attained age 66 1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year, is April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar in which the
Participant retires. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding (i) above, the “required beginning date” for a Participant who was a
five percent (5%) owner (within the meaning of Code Section 416) at any time during the five (5) Plan Year period ending in the calendar year in which the Participant attained age 70 1/2 is April 1st of the calendar year in
which the Participant attained age 70 1/2. In the case of a Participant who became a five percent (5%) owner during any Plan Year after the calendar year in which the Participant attained age 70 1/2, the “required beginning
date” is April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such subsequent Plan Year ends. 
 (5) If
this is an amendment or restatement of a plan that contained the pre-SBJPA rules and an election is made to use the post-SBJPA rules, then the transition rules elected in the Adoption Agreement will apply. 
 (6) Except as otherwise provided herein, “five percent (5%) owner” means, for purposes of this Section, a Participant who is a
five percent (5%) owner as defined in Code Section 416 at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70 1/2. 
 (7) Distributions to a Participant and such Participant’s Beneficiaries will only be made in accordance with the incidental death
benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G) and the Regulations thereunder. 
 (8) For purposes of this Section, the
life expectancy of a Participant and/or a Participant’s spouse (other than in the case of a life annuity) shall or shall not be redetermined annually as elected in the Adoption Agreement and in accordance with Regulations. If the Participant or
the Participant’s spouse may elect, pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, to have life expectancies recalculated, then the election, once made shall be irrevocable. If no election is made by the time distributions must commence, then the life
expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse shall not be subject to recalculation. Life expectancy and joint and last survivor life expectancy shall be computed using the return multiples in Tables V and VI of Regulation
Section 1.72-9. 
 (9) With respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar years beginning on or after
January 1, 2001, or if later, the date specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) in accordance with the Regulations under section 401(a)(9) that were
proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. This amendment shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final Regulations under section
401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service. 
 However, if the date
specified in the Adoption Agreement is a date in 2001 other than January 1, 2001, then with respect to distributions under the Plan made on or after such date for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan will
apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) in accordance with the Regulations under section 401(a)(9) that were

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 40 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. If the total amount of required minimum distributions made to a participant for 2001 prior to
the specified date are equal to or greater than the amount of required minimum distributions determined under the 2001 Proposed Regulations, then no additional distributions are required for such participant for 2001 on or after such date. If the
total amount of required minimum distributions made to a participant for 2001 prior to the specified date are less than the amount determined under the 2001 Proposed Regulations, then the amount of required minimum distributions for 2001 on or after
such date will be determined so that the total amount of required minimum distributions for 2001 is the amount determined under the 2001 Proposed Regulations. This amendment shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning
before the effective date of final Regulations under section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service. 
 (f) All annuity Contracts under this Plan shall be non-transferable when distributed. Furthermore, the terms of any annuity
Contract purchased and distributed to a Participant or spouse shall comply with all of the requirements of this Plan. 
 (g) Subject to the spouse’s right of consent afforded under the Plan, the restrictions imposed by this Section shall not apply if a Participant has, prior to January 1, 1984, made a written designation to have retirement benefits
paid in an alternative method acceptable under Code Section 401(a) as in effect prior to the enactment of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 (TEFRA). 
 (h) If a distribution is made to a Participant who has not severed employment and who is not fully Vested in the
Participant’s Account, and the Participant may increase the Vested percentage in such account, then at any relevant time the Participant’s Vested portion of the account will be equal to an amount (“X”) determined by the formula:

 X equals P (AB plus D) - D 
 For purposes of applying the formula: P is the Vested percentage at the relevant time, AB is the account balance at the relevant time, D is the amount of distribution, and the relevant time is the time at
which, under the Plan, the Vested percentage in the account cannot increase. 
 However, the Employer may attach
an addendum to the Adoption Agreement to provide that a separate account shall be established for the Participant’s interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and at any relevant time the Participant’s Vested portion of the
separate account will be equal to an amount determined as follows: P (AB plus (R x D)) - (R x D) where R is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant time to the account balance after distribution and the other terms have the same meaning as
in the preceding paragraph. Any amendment to change the formula in accordance with the preceding sentence shall not be considered an amendment which causes this Plan to become an individually designed Plan. 
 (i) If this is a Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of the
Participant’s interest in the Plan under a particular optional form of benefit, then the amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an annuity starting date earlier than the earlier of: (i) the 90th day after the date the
Participant receiving the distribution has been furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and that satisfies the Act requirements at 29 CFR 2520.104b-3 relating to a summary of material modifications or (ii) the first day of the second
Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted. 
  

	6.6	DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH 

 (a) Unless otherwise elected as provided below, a Vested Participant who dies before the Annuity Starting Date and who has a surviving spouse shall have the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity paid to the
surviving spouse. The Participant’s spouse may direct that payment of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity commence within a reasonable period after the Participant’s death. If the spouse does not so direct, payment of such benefit will
commence at the time the Participant would have attained the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62. However, the spouse may elect a later commencement date. Any distribution to the Participant’s spouse shall be subject to the rules specified
in Section 6.6(h). 
 (b) Any election to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity before the
Participant’s death must be made by the Participant in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) during the election period and shall require the spouse’s irrevocable consent in the same manner provided for in
Section 6.5(a)(2). Further, the spouse’s consent must acknowledge the specific nonspouse Beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the nonspouse Beneficiary need not be acknowledged, provided the consent of the spouse acknowledges that
the spouse has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish such right. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 41 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (c) The election period to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
shall begin on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and end on the date of the Participant’s death. An earlier waiver (with spousal consent) may be made provided a written (or such other form as permitted by
the IRS) explanation of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity is given to the Participant and such waiver becomes invalid at the beginning of the Plan Year in which the Participant turns age 35. In the event a Participant separates from service prior
to the beginning of the election period, the election period shall begin on the date of such separation from service. 
 (d) With regard to the election, the Administrator shall provide each Participant within the applicable election period, with respect to such Participant (and consistent with Regulations), a written (or such other form as permitted by the
IRS) explanation of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity containing comparable information to that required pursuant to Section 6.5(a)(5). For the purposes of this paragraph, the term “applicable period” means, with respect to a
Participant, whichever of the following periods ends last: 
 (1) The period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in
which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; 
 (2) A reasonable period after the individual becomes a Participant; 
 (3) A
reasonable period ending after the Plan no longer fully subsidizes the cost of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity with respect to the Participant; or 
 (4) A reasonable period ending after Code Section 401(a)(11) applies to the Participant. 
 For purposes of applying this subsection, a reasonable period ending after the enumerated events described in (2), (3) and (4) is the end of the two (2) year period beginning one
(1) year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one (1) year after that date. In the case of a Participant who separates from service before the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, notice shall be provided within the
two (2) year period beginning one (1) year prior to separation and ending one (1) year after separation. If such a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the applicable period for such Participant shall be
redetermined. 
 (e) The Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity provided for in this Section shall apply only to
Participants who are credited with an Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984. Former Participants who are not credited with an Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984, shall be provided with rights to the Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity in accordance with Section 303(e)(2) of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. 
 (f) If the value of
the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed, and has never exceeded at the time of any prior distribution, $5,000 (or, $3,500 for distributions made prior to the later of the first day of the
first Plan Year beginning after August 5, 1997, or the date specified in the Adoption Agreement) the Administrator shall direct the distribution of such amount to the Participant’s spouse as soon as practicable. No distribution may be made
under the preceding sentence after the Annuity Starting Date unless the spouse consents in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS). If the value exceeds, or has ever exceeded at the time of any prior distribution, $5,000 (or, if
applicable, $3,500), an immediate distribution of the entire amount may be made to the surviving spouse, provided such surviving spouse consents in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) to such distribution. Any consent required
under this paragraph must be obtained not more than ninety (90) days before commencement of the distribution and shall be made in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a)(2). Notwithstanding the preceding, the “lookback rule”
(which provides that if the present value at the time of a prior distribution exceeded the applicable dollar threshold, then the present value at any subsequent time is deemed to exceed the threshold) will not apply to any distributions made on or
after October 17, 2000. 
 (g) Death benefits may be paid to a Participant’s Beneficiary in one of the
following optional forms of benefits subject to the rules specified in Section 6.6(h) and the elections made in the Adoption Agreement. Such optional forms of distributions may be elected by the Participant in the event there is an election to
waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, and for any death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. However, if no optional form of distribution was elected by the Participant prior to death, then the Participant’s
Beneficiary may elect the form of distribution: 
 (1) One lump-sum payment in cash or in property that is allocated to the
accounts of the Participant at the time of the distribution. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 42 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (2) Partial withdrawals. 
 (3) Payment in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual cash installments over a period to be determined by the Participant or the
Participant’s Beneficiary. In order to provide such installment payments, the Administrator may (A) segregate the aggregate amount thereof in a separate, federally insured savings account, certificate of deposit in a bank or savings and
loan association, money market certificate or other liquid short-term security or (B) purchase a nontransferable annuity contract for a term certain (with no life contingencies) providing for such payment. After periodic installments commence,
the Beneficiary shall have the right to reduce the period over which such periodic installments shall be made, and the cash amount of such periodic installments shall be adjusted accordingly. 
 (4) In the form of an annuity over the life expectancy of the Beneficiary. 
 (5) If death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity are to be paid to the surviving spouse, such benefits may be paid
pursuant to (1), (2) or (3) above, or used to purchase an annuity so as to increase the payments made pursuant to the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. 
 (h) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, distributions upon the death of a Participant shall be made in
accordance with the following requirements and shall otherwise comply with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder. 
 (1) If it is determined, pursuant to Regulations, that the distribution of a Participant’s interest has begun and the Participant dies before the entire interest has been distributed, the remaining portion of such interest shall be
distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution elected pursuant to Section 6.5 as of the date of death. 
 (2) If a Participant dies before receiving any distributions of the interest in the Plan or before distributions are deemed to have begun pursuant to Regulations, then the death benefit shall be distributed to the Participant’s
Beneficiaries in accordance with the following rules subject to the elections made in the Adoption Agreement and subsections 6.6(h)(3) and 6.6(i) below: 
 (i) The entire death benefit shall be distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiaries by December 31st of the calendar year in which the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death occurs;

 (ii) The 5-year distribution requirement of (i) above shall not apply to any portion of the deceased Participant’s
interest which is payable to or for the benefit of a designated Beneficiary. In such event, such portion shall be distributed over the life of such designated Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such designated
Beneficiary) provided such distribution begins not later than December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died (or such later date as may be prescribed by Regulations); 
 (iii) However, in the event the Participant’s spouse (determined as of the date of the Participant’s death) is the designated
Beneficiary, the provisions of (ii) above shall apply except that the requirement that distributions commence within one year of the Participant’s death shall not apply. In lieu thereof, distributions must commence on or before the later
of: (1) December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died; or (2) December 31st of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2. If the
surviving spouse dies before distributions to such spouse begin, then the 5-year distribution requirement of this Section shall apply as if the spouse was the Participant. 
 (3) Notwithstanding subparagraph (2) above, or any elections made in the Adoption Agreement, if a Participant’s death benefits are to be paid in the form of a Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity,
then distributions to the Participant’s surviving spouse must commence on or before the later of: (1) December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died; or
(2) December 31st of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 43 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (i) For purposes of Section 6.6(h)(2), the election by a designated
Beneficiary to be excepted from the 5-year distribution requirement (if permitted in the Adoption Agreement) must be made no later than December 31st of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Participant’s death. Except,
however, with respect to a designated Beneficiary who is the Participant’s surviving spouse, the election must be made by the earlier of: (1) December 31st of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the
Participant died or, if later, December 31st of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2; or (2) December 31st of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of the
Participant’s death. An election by a designated Beneficiary must be in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) and shall be irrevocable as of the last day of the election period stated herein. In the absence of an election by
the Participant or a designated Beneficiary, the 5-year distribution requirement shall apply. 
 (j) For purposes
of this Section, the life expectancy of a Participant and a Participant’s spouse (other than in the case of a life annuity) shall or shall not be redetermined annually as elected in the Adoption Agreement and in accordance with Regulations. If
the Participant may elect, pursuant to the Adoption Agreement, to have life expectancies recalculated, then the election, once made shall be irrevocable. If no election is made by the time distributions must commence, then the life expectancy of the
Participant and the Participant’s spouse shall not be subject to recalculation. Life expectancy and joint and last survivor life expectancy shall be computed using the return multiples in Tables V and VI of Regulation Section 1.72-9.

 (k) For purposes of this Section, any amount paid to a child of the Participant will be treated as if it had
been paid to the surviving spouse if the amount becomes payable to the surviving spouse when the child reaches the age of majority. 
 (l) In the event that less than one hundred percent (100%) of a Participant’s interest in the Plan is distributed to such Participant’s spouse, the portion of the distribution attributable
to the Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account shall be in the same proportion that the Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account bears to the Participant’s total interest in the Plan. 
 (m) Subject to the spouse’s right of consent afforded under the Plan, the restrictions imposed by this Section shall not
apply if a Participant has, prior to January 1, 1984, made a written designation to have death benefits paid in an alternative method acceptable under Code Section 401(a) as in effect prior to the enactment of the Tax Equity and Fiscal
Responsibility Act of 1982 (TEFRA). 
  

	6.7	TIME OF DISTRIBUTION 

 Except as limited by Sections 6.5 and 6.6, whenever a distribution is to be made, or a series of payments are to commence, the distribution or series of payments may be made or begun on such date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.
However, unless a Former Participant elects in writing to defer the receipt of benefits (such election may not result in a death benefit that is more than incidental), the payment of benefits shall begin not later than the sixtieth (60th) day
after the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following events occurs: (a) the date on which the Participant attains the earlier of age 65 or the Normal Retirement Age specified herein; (b) the tenth (10th) anniversary
of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (c) the date the Participant terminates service with the Employer. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and, if applicable, the Participant’s spouse, to consent to a distribution that is “immediately distributable” (within the
meaning of Section 6.5(d)), shall be deemed to be an election to defer the commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section. 
  

	6.8	DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT BENEFICIARY 

 In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor or incompetent Beneficiary, then the Administrator may direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian, or if none in the case of a minor
Beneficiary, to a parent of such Beneficiary, or to the custodian for such Beneficiary under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which said Beneficiary resides. Such a payment to the
legal guardian, custodian or parent of a minor or incompetent Beneficiary shall fully discharge the Trustee, Employer, and Plan from further liability on account thereof. 
  

	6.9	LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN 

 In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a Participant or Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the later of the Participant’s attainment of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age,
remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability of the Administrator, after sending a registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 44 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
known address, and after further diligent effort, to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture pursuant to the
Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the value of a Participant’s Vested benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000, then the amount distributable may be treated as a Forfeiture at the time it is
determined that the whereabouts of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary can not be ascertained. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to the Forfeiture, such benefit shall be restored, first from
Forfeitures, if any, and then from an additional Employer contribution, if necessary. Upon Plan termination, the portion of the distributable amount that is an “eligible rollover distribution” as defined in Plan Section 6.14(b)(1) may
be paid directly to an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b). However, regardless of the preceding, a benefit that is lost by reason of escheat
under applicable state law is not treated as a Forfeiture for purposes of this Section nor as an impermissible forfeiture under the Code. 
  

	6.10	IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION 

 For Profit Sharing Plans and 401(k) Profit Sharing Plans, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, at such time as the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement have been satisfied, then the Administrator, at the election of a Participant
who has not severed employment with the Employer, shall direct the distribution of up to the entire Vested amount then credited to the accounts as elected in the Adoption Agreement maintained on behalf of such Participant. In the event that the
Administrator makes such a distribution, the Participant shall continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan on the same basis as any other Employee. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner consistent with
Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, if an in-service distribution is permitted from more than one account type, the
Administrator may determine any ordering of a Participant’s in-service distribution from such accounts. 
  

	6.11	ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP 

 (a) For Profit Sharing Plans and 401(k) Plans (except to the extent Section 12.9 applies), if elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct
the distribution to any Participant in any one Plan Year up to the lesser of 100% of the Vested interest of the Participant’s Combined Account valued as of the last Valuation Date or the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy
financial need of the Participant. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of distribution, and the account from
which the distribution is made shall be reduced accordingly. Withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if the distribution is for an immediate and heavy financial need. The Administrator will determine whether there is an immediate and
heavy financial need based on the facts and circumstances. An immediate and heavy financial need includes, but is not limited to, a distribution for one of the following: 
 (1) Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or any of the Participant’s dependents (as defined in Code Section 152) or
necessary for these persons to obtain medical care as described in Code Section 213(d); 
 (2) Costs directly related to the
purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; 
 (3) Funeral expenses for a member of the
Participant’s family; 
 (4) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for the next twelve
(12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152); or 
 (5) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant’s principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence. 
 (b) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, no distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section from the Participant’s
Account until such Account has become fully Vested. Furthermore, if a hardship distribution is permitted from more than one account type, the Administrator may determine any ordering of a Participant’s hardship distribution from such accounts.

 (c) Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and
satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 45 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

	6.12	SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN PROFIT SHARING PLANS 

 (a) The provisions of this Section apply to a Participant in a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan to the extent elected in the Adoption Agreement. 
 (b) If an election is made to not offer life annuities as a form of distribution, then a Participant shall be prohibited from
electing benefits in the form of a life annuity and the Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions of Section 6.5 shall not apply. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything in Sections 6.2 and 6.6 to the contrary, upon the death of a Participant, the automatic form of distribution will be a lump-sum rather than a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity. Furthermore, the Participant’s spouse will be the Beneficiary of the Participant’s entire Vested interest in the Plan unless an election is made to waive the spouse as Beneficiary. The other provisions in Section 6.2 shall be
applied by treating the death benefit in this subsection as though it is a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. 
 (d) Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Section, the provisions of Sections 6.2, 6.5 and 6.6 regarding spousal consent shall be inoperative with respect to this Plan. 
 (e) If a distribution is one to which Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, such distribution may commence less than
thirty (30) days after the notice required under Regulation 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that: 
 (1) the Plan
Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular
distribution option), and 
 (2) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. 
  

	6.13	QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION 

 All rights and benefits, including elections, provided to a Participant in this Plan shall be subject to the rights afforded to any “alternate payee” under a “qualified domestic relations
order.” Furthermore, a distribution to an “alternate payee” shall be permitted if such distribution is authorized by a “qualified domestic relations order,” even if the affected Participant has not reached the “earliest
retirement age” under the Plan. For the purposes of this Section, “alternate payee,” “qualified domestic relations order” and “earliest retirement age” shall have the meanings set forth under Code
Section 414(p). 
  

	6.14	DIRECT ROLLOVERS 

 (a) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a “distributee’s” election under this Section, a “distributee” may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the
Administrator, to have any portion of an “eligible rollover distribution” that is equal to at least $500 paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan” specified by the “distributee” in a “direct rollover.”

 (b) For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply: 
 (1) An “eligible rollover distribution” means any distribution described in Code Section 402(c)(4) and generally includes any
distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an “eligible rollover distribution” does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not
less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the “distributee” or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the “distributee” and the “distributee’s” designated beneficiary, or for
a specified period of ten (10) years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); the portion of any other distribution(s) that is not includible in gross income (determined without
regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); for distributions made after December 31, 1998, any hardship distribution described in Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV); and any other
distribution reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. 
 (2) An “eligible retirement plan” is an
individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified plan described in Code
Section 401(a), that accepts the “distributee’s” “eligible rollover distribution.” However, in the case of an “eligible rollover distribution” to the surviving spouse, an “eligible retirement plan”
is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 46 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (3) A “distributee” includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the
Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are
distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse. 
 (4) A “direct rollover” is a payment by the
Plan to the “eligible retirement plan” specified by the “distributee.” 
  

	6.15	TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PLAN 

 (a) This Section shall be effective as of the following date: 
 (1) for Plans not
entitled to extended reliance as described in Revenue Ruling 94-76, the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after December 12, 1994, or if later, 90 days after December 12, 1994; or 
 (2) for Plans entitled to extended reliance as described in Revenue Ruling 94-76, as of the first day of the first Plan Year following the
Plan Year in which the extended reliance period applicable to the Plan ends. However, in the event of a transfer of assets to the Plan from a money purchase plan that occurs after the date of the most recent determination letter, the effective date
of the amendment shall be the date immediately preceding the date of such transfer of assets. 
 (b)
Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional form of benefit under this Plan permits a distribution prior to the Employee’s retirement, death, disability, or severance from employment, and prior to
Plan termination, the optional form of benefit is not available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code Section 414(l), to
this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) (other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to after-tax voluntary Employee contributions or to a direct or indirect rollover
contribution). 
  

	6.16	ELECTIVE TRANSFERS OF BENEFITS TO OTHER PLANS 

 (a) If a voluntary, fully-informed election is made by a Participant, then if the conditions set forth herein are satisfied, a Participant’s entire benefit may be transferred between qualified plans
(other than any direct rollover described in Q&A-3 of Regulation 1.401(a)(31)-1). As an alternative to the transfer, the Participant may elect to retain the Participant’s “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” under the Plan (or,
if the plan is terminating, to receive any optional form of benefit for which the Participant is eligible under the plan as required by Code Section 411(d)(6)). A transfer between qualified plans may only be made pursuant to this subsection if
the following additional requirements are met: 
 (i) The transfer occurs at a time at which the participant’s benefits are
distributable. A Participant’s benefits are distributable on a particular date if, on that date, the Participant is eligible, under the terms of the Plan, to receive an immediate distribution of these benefits (e.g., in the form of an
immediately commencing annuity) from that plan under provisions of the plan not inconsistent with Code Section 401(a); 
 (ii) For transfers that occur on or after January 1, 2002, the transfer occurs at a time at which the Participant is not eligible to receive an immediate distribution of the participant’s entire nonforfeitable accrued benefit in a
single-sum distribution that would consist entirely of an eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(31)(C); 
 (iii) The participant is fully Vested in the transferred benefit in the transferee plan; 
 (iv) In the case of a transfer from a defined contribution plan to a defined benefit plan, the defined benefit plan provides a minimum benefit, for each Participant whose benefits are transferred, equal to the benefit, expressed as an
annuity payable at normal retirement age, that is derived solely on the basis of the amount transferred with respect to such Participant; and 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 47 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (v) The amount of the benefit transferred, together with the amount of any
contemporaneous Code Section 401(a)(31) direct rollover to the transferee plan, equals the Participant’s entire nonforfeitable accrued benefit under the Plan. 
 (b) If a voluntary, fully-informed election is made by a Participant, then if the conditions set forth herein are satisfied,
a Participant’s entire benefit may be transferred between qualified defined contribution plans (other than any direct rollover described in Q&A-3 of Regulation 1.401(a)(31)-1). As an alternative to the transfer, the Participant may elect to
retain the Participant’s “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” under the Plan (or, if the plan is terminating, to receive any optional form of benefit for which the Participant is eligible under the plan as required by Code
Section 411(d)(6)). A transfer between qualified plans may only be made pursuant to this subsection if the following additional requirements are met: 
 (i) To the extent the benefits are transferred from a money purchase pension plan, the transferee plan must be a money purchase pension plan. To the extent the benefits being transferred are part of a
qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k), the benefits must be transferred to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k). Benefits transferred from a profit-sharing plan other than from a
qualified cash or deferred arrangement, or from a stock bonus plan other than an employee stock ownership plan, may be transferred to any type of defined contribution plan; and 
 (ii) The transfer must be made either in connection with an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or other similar transaction involving a
change in employer of the employees of a trade or business (i.e., an acquisition or disposition within the meaning of Regulation 1.410(b)-2(f)) or in connection with the Participant’s change in employment status to an employment status with
respect to which the Participant is not entitled to additional allocations under the Plan. 
 ARTICLE VII 
 TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN 
  

	7.1	BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE 

 (a) The provisions of this Article, other than Section 7.6, shall not apply to this Plan if a separate trust agreement is being used as specified in the Adoption Agreement. 
 (b) The Trustee is accountable to the Employer for the funds contributed to the Plan by the Employer, but the Trustee does
not have any duty to see that the contributions received comply with the provisions of the Plan. The Trustee is not obligated to collect any contributions from the Employer, nor is it under a duty to see that funds deposited with it are deposited in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan. 
 (c) The Trustee will credit and distribute the Trust Fund as
directed by the Administrator. The Trustee is not obligated to inquire as to whether any payee or distributee is entitled to any payment or whether the distribution is proper or within the terms of the Plan, or whether the manner of making any
payment or distribution is proper. The Trustee is accountable only to the Administrator for any payment or distribution made by it in good faith on the order or direction of the Administrator. 
 (d) In the event that the Trustee shall be directed by a Participant (pursuant to the Participant Direction Procedures if the
Plan permits Participant directed investments), the Employer, or an Investment Manager or other agent appointed by the Employer with respect to the investment of any or all Plan assets, the Trustee shall have no liability with respect to the
investment of such assets, but shall be responsible only to execute such investment instructions as so directed. 
 (1) The
Trustee shall be entitled to rely fully on the written (or other form acceptable to the Administrator and the Trustee, including but not limited to, voice recorded) instructions of a Participant (pursuant to the Participant Direction Procedures),
the Employer, or any Fiduciary or nonfiduciary agent of the Employer, in the discharge of such duties, and shall not be liable for any loss or other liability resulting from such direction (or lack of direction) of the investment of any part of the
Plan assets. 
 (2) The Trustee may delegate the duty of executing such instructions to any nonfiduciary agent, which may be an
affiliate of the Trustee or any Plan representative. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 48 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (3) The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in the
event the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems such direction improper by virtue of applicable law. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or expense that may result from the Trustee’s refusal or failure to
comply with any direction from the Participant. 
 (4) Any costs and expenses related to compliance with the Participant’s
directions shall be borne by the Participant’s Directed Account, unless paid by the Employer. 
 (5) Notwithstanding
anything herein above to the contrary, the Trustee shall not invest any portion of a Participant’s Directed Account in “collectibles” within the meaning of Code Section 408(m). 
 (e) The Trustee will maintain records of receipts and disbursements and furnish to the Employer and/or Administrator for each
Plan Year a written annual report pursuant to Section 7.9. 
 (f) The Trustee may employ a bank or trust
company pursuant to the terms of its usual and customary bank agency agreement, under which the duties of such bank or trust company shall be of a custodial, clerical and record-keeping nature. 
 (g) The Trustee may employ and pay from the Trust Fund reasonable compensation to agents, attorneys, accountants and other
persons to advise the Trustee as in its opinion may be necessary. The Trustee may delegate to any agent, attorney, accountant or other person selected by it any non-Trustee power or duty vested in it by the Plan, and the Trustee may act or refrain
from acting on the advice or opinion of any such person. 
  

	7.2	INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF DISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE 

 (a) This Section applies if the Employer, in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Trustee, designates the Trustee to administer all or a portion of the trust as a
discretionary Trustee. If so designated, then the Trustee has the discretion and authority to invest, manage, and control those Plan assets except, however, with respect to those assets which are subject to the investment direction of a Participant
(if Participant directed investments are permitted), or an Investment Manager, the Administrator, or other agent appointed by the Employer. The exercise of any investment discretion hereunder shall be consistent with the “funding policy and
method” determined by the Employer. 
 (b) The Trustee shall, except as otherwise provided in this Plan,
invest and reinvest the Trust Fund to keep the Trust Fund invested without distinction between principal and income and in such securities or property, real or personal, wherever situated, as the Trustee shall deem advisable, including, but not
limited to, common or preferred stocks, open-end or closed-end mutual funds, bonds and other evidences of indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or any interest therein. The Trustee shall at all times in making investments of the Trust Fund
consider, among other factors, the short and long-term financial needs of the Plan on the basis of information furnished by the Employer. In making such investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted to securities or other property of the
character expressly authorized by the applicable law for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give due regard to any limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all times this Plan may qualify as a qualified Plan and Trust.

 (c) The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law, statutory authority, including
the Act, and other provisions of this Plan, shall have the following powers and authorities to be exercised in the Trustee’s sole discretion: 
 (1) To purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other property and to retain the same. In conjunction with the purchase of securities, margin accounts may be opened and maintained; 
 (2) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held by the
Trustee, by private contract or at public auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition,
with or without advertisement; 
 (3) To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies or
powers of attorney with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or other options, and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate
reorganizations or other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments or charges in

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 49 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other property. However, the Trustee shall not vote proxies relating to
securities for which it has not been assigned full investment management responsibilities. In those cases where another party has such investment authority or discretion, the Trustee will deliver all proxies to said party who will then have full
responsibility for voting those proxies; 
 (4) To cause any securities or other property to be registered in the Trustee’s
own name, in the name of one or more of the Trustee’s nominees, in a clearing corporation, in a depository, or in book entry form or in bearer form, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are
part of the Trust Fund; 
 (5) To invest in a common, collective, or pooled trust fund (the provisions of which are incorporated
herein by reference) maintained by any Trustee (or any affiliate of such Trustee) hereunder pursuant to Revenue Ruling 81-100, all or such part of the Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem advisable, and the part of the Trust Fund so transferred shall
be subject to all the terms and provisions of the common, collective, or pooled trust fund which contemplate the commingling for investment purposes of such trust assets with trust assets of other trusts. The name of the trust fund may be specified
in an addendum to the Adoption Agreement. The Trustee may withdraw from such common, collective, or pooled trust fund all or such part of the Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem advisable; 
 (6) To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in such amount, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem
advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any part, of the Trust Fund; and no person lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application
of the money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing; 
 (7) To accept and retain for
such time as it may deem advisable any securities or other property received or acquired by it as Trustee hereunder, whether or not such securities or other property would normally be purchased as investments hereunder; 
 (8) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be
necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted; 
 (9) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any
claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings; 
 (10) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation, and such agents or counsel may or may not
be an agent or counsel for the Employer; 
 (11) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment of the Trust Fund any
annuity or other Contracts (on the life of any Participant, or in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan (including a 401(k) plan), on the life of any person in whom a Participant has an insurable interest, or on the joint lives of a Participant and any
person in whom the Participant has an insurable interest) as the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise, at any time or from time to time, whatever rights and privileges may be granted under such annuity, or other Contracts; to collect,
receive, and settle for the proceeds of all such annuity, or other Contracts as and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof; 
 (12) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts bearing a reasonable rate of interest or in cash or cash balances without liability for interest thereon, including the specific
authority to invest in any type of deposit of the Trustee (or of a financial institution related to the Trustee); 
 (13) To
invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations; 
 (14) To sell, purchase and acquire put or
call options if the options are traded on and purchased through a national securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if the options are not traded on a national securities exchange, are guaranteed by a
member firm of the New York Stock Exchange regardless of whether such options are covered; 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 50 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (15) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit
in banks or savings and loan associations including the specific authority to make deposit into any savings accounts or certificates of deposit of the Trustee (or a financial institution related to the Trustee); 
 (16) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with assets belonging to any other qualified employee pension benefit trust
created by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, and to commingle such assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint accounts on behalf of this Plan and Trust and such other trust or trusts, allocating undivided shares or interests
in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets of the two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests; and 
 (17) To do all such acts and exercise all such rights and privileges, although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan. 
  

	7.3	INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF NONDISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE 

 (a) This Section applies if the Employer, in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the
Trustee, designates the Trustee to administer all or a portion of the trust as a nondiscretionary Trustee. If so designated, then the Trustee shall have no discretionary authority to invest, manage, or control those Plan assets, but must act solely
as a directed Trustee of those Plan assets. A nondiscretionary Trustee, as directed Trustee of the Plan funds it holds, is authorized and empowered, by way of limitation, with the powers, rights and duties set forth herein and in Section 7.14,
each of which the nondiscretionary Trustee exercises solely as directed Trustee in accordance with the direction of the party which has the authority to manage and control the investment of the Plan assets. If no directions are provided to the
Trustee, the Employer will provide necessary direction. Furthermore, the Employer and the nondiscretionary Trustee may, in writing, limit the powers of the nondiscretionary Trustee to any combination of powers listed within this Section. 

(b) The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law, statutory authority, including the Act, and
other provisions of this Plan, shall have the following powers and authorities: 
 (1) To invest the assets, without distinction
between principal and income, in securities or property, real or personal, wherever situated, including, but not limited to, common or preferred stocks, open-end or closed-end mutual funds, bonds and other evidences of indebtedness or ownership, and
real estate or any interest therein. In making such investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted to securities or other property of the character expressly authorized by the applicable law for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give
due regard to any limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all times this Plan may qualify as a qualified Plan and Trust. 
 (2) To purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other property and to retain the same. In conjunction with the purchase of securities, margin accounts may be opened and maintained; 
 (3) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held by the
Trustee, by private contract or at public auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition,
with or without advertisement; 
 (4) At the direction of the party which has the authority or discretion, to vote upon any
stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies or powers of attorney with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or other options, and to make any payments incidental
thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate powers, and pay any assessments or charges in connection therewith; and generally to
exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other property; 
 (5) To cause any
securities or other property to be registered in the Trustee’s own name, in the name of one or more of the Trustee’s nominees, in a clearing corporation, in a depository, or in book entry form or in bearer form, but the books and records
of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are part of the Trust Fund; 
 (6) To invest in a common,
collective, or pooled trust fund (the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference) maintained by any Trustee (or any affiliate of such Trustee)

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 51 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
hereunder pursuant to Revenue Ruling 81-100, all or such part of the Trust Fund as the party which has the authority to manage and control the investment of the assets shall deem advisable, and
the part of the Trust Fund so transferred shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of the common, collective, or pooled trust fund which contemplate the commingling for investment purposes of such trust assets with trust assets of other
trusts. The name of the trust fund may be specified in an addendum to the Adoption Agreement; 
 (7) To borrow or raise money for
the purposes of the Plan in such amount, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to issue a promissory note as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or any part,
of the Trust Fund; and no person lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any borrowing; 
 (8) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be
necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted; 
 (9) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any
claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings; 
 (10) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation, and such agent or counsel may or may not be
an agent or counsel for the Employer; 
 (11) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment of the Trust Fund any
annuity or other Contracts (on the life of any Participant, or in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan (including a 401(k) plan), on the life of any person in whom a Participant has an insurable interest, or on the joint lives of a Participant and any
person in whom the Participant has an insurable interest) as the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise, at the direction of the person with the authority to do so, whatever rights and privileges may be granted under such annuity or other
Contracts; to collect, receive, and settle for the proceeds of all such annuity or other Contracts as and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof; 
 (12) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts bearing a reasonable rate of interest or in cash or cash balances without liability for interest thereon, including the specific
authority to invest in any type of deposit of the Trustee (or of a financial institution related to the Trustee); 
 (13) To
invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations; 
 (14) To sell, purchase and acquire put or
call options if the options are traded on and purchased through a national securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, if the options are not traded on a national securities exchange, are guaranteed by a
member firm of the New York Stock Exchange regardless of whether such options are covered; 
 (15) To deposit monies in federally
insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations including the specific authority to make deposit into any savings accounts or certificates of deposit of the Trustee (or a financial institution related to
the Trustee); and 
 (16) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with assets belonging to any other qualified
employee pension benefit trust created by the Employer or any Affiliated Employer, and to commingle such assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint accounts on behalf of this Plan and such other trust or trusts, allocating undivided
shares or interests in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets of the two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests. 
  

	7.4	POWERS AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN 

 If there is a discretionary Trustee, the Employer may appoint a custodian. A custodian has the same powers, rights and duties as a nondiscretionary Trustee. Any reference in the Plan to a Trustee also is a reference to a custodian unless
the context of the Plan indicates otherwise. A limitation of the Trustee’s liability by Plan provision also acts as a limitation of the custodian’s liability. Any action taken by the custodian at the discretionary Trustee’s

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 52 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
direction satisfies any provision in the Plan referring to the Trustee taking that action. The resignation or removal of the custodian shall be made in accordance with Section 7.11 as though
the custodian were a Trustee. 
  

	7.5	LIFE INSURANCE 

 (a) The Trustee, at the direction of the Administrator and pursuant to instructions from the individual designated in the Adoption Agreement for such purpose and subject to the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement, shall ratably
apply for, own, and pay all premiums on Contracts on the lives of the Participants or, in the case of Profit Sharing Plan (including a 401(k) plan), on the life of any person in whom the Participant has an insurable interest or on the joint lives of
a Participant and any person in whom the Participant has an insurable interest. Any initial or additional Contract purchased on behalf of a Participant shall have a face amount of not less than $1,000, the amount set forth in the Adoption Agreement,
or the limitation of the Insurer, whichever is greater. If a life insurance Contract is to be purchased for a Participant or Former Participant, then the aggregate premium for ordinary life insurance for each Participant or Former Participant must
be less than 50% of the aggregate contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s or Former Participant’s Combined Account. For purposes of this limitation, ordinary life insurance Contracts are Contracts with both
non-decreasing death benefits and non-increasing premiums. If term insurance or universal life insurance is purchased, then the aggregate premium must be 25% or less of the aggregate contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s
or Former Participant’s Combined Account. If both term insurance and ordinary life insurance are purchased, then the premium for term insurance plus one-half of the premium for ordinary life insurance may not in the aggregate exceed 25% of the
aggregate Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s or Former Participant’s Combined Account. Notwithstanding the preceding, the limitations imposed herein with respect to the purchase of life insurance shall
not apply, in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan (including a 401(k) plan), to the portion of the Participant’s Account that has accumulated for at least two (2) Plan Years or to the entire Participant’s Account if the Participant has
been a Participant in the Plan for at least five (5) years. Amounts transferred to this Plan in accordance with Section 4.6(e)(ii), (iii) or (v) and a Participant’s or Former Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account
may be used to purchase Contracts without limitation. 
 (b) The Trustee must distribute the Contracts to the
Participant or Former Participant or convert the entire value of the Contracts at or before retirement into cash or provide for a periodic income so that no portion of such value may be used to continue life insurance protection beyond commencement
of benefits. Furthermore, if a Contract is purchased on the joint lives of the Participant and another person and such other person predeceases the Participant, then the Contract may not be maintained under this Plan. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything herein above to the contrary, amounts credited to a Participant’s Qualified Voluntary
Employee Contribution Account pursuant to Section 4.9, shall not be applied to the purchase of life insurance Contracts. Furthermore, no life insurance Contracts shall be required to be obtained on an individual’s life if, for any reason
(other than the nonpayment of premiums) the Insurer will not issue a Contract on such individual’s life. 
 (d) The Trustee will be the owner of any life insurance Contract purchased under the terms of this Plan. The Contract must provide that the proceeds will be payable to the Trustee; however, the Trustee shall be required to pay over all
proceeds of the Contract to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of Article VI. A Participant’s spouse will be the designated Beneficiary pursuant to Section 6.2, unless a qualified
election has been made in accordance with Sections 6.5 and 6.6 of the Plan, if applicable. Under no circumstances shall the Trust retain any part of the proceeds that are in excess of the cash surrender value immediately prior to death. However, the
Trustee shall not pay the proceeds in a method that would violate the requirements of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984, as stated in Article VI of the Plan, or Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder. In the event of any conflict
between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any insurance Contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control. 
  

	7.6	LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS 

 (a) If specified in the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee (or the Administrator if the Trustee is a nondiscretionary Trustee or if loans are treated as Participant directed investments pursuant to the
Adoption Agreement) may, in the Trustee’s (or, if applicable, the Administrator’s) sole discretion, make loans to Participants or Beneficiaries under the following circumstances: (1) loans shall be made available to all Participants
and Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis; (2) loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Participants; (3) loans shall bear a reasonable rate of
interest; (4) loans shall be adequately secured; and (5) loans shall provide for periodic repayment over a reasonable period of time. Furthermore, no Participant loan shall exceed the Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan.

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 53 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (b) Loans shall not be made to any Shareholder-Employee or
Owner-Employee (including an Owner-Employee’s family members as defined in Code Section 267(c)(4)) unless an exemption for such loan is obtained pursuant to Act Section 408 or such loan would otherwise not be a prohibited transaction
pursuant to Code Section 4975 and Act Section 408. 
 (c) An assignment or pledge of any portion of a
Participant’s interest in the Plan and a loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance Contract purchased under the Plan, shall be treated as a loan under this Section. 
 (d) If the Vested interest of a Participant is used to secure any loan made pursuant to this Section, then the written (or
such other form as permitted by the IRS) consent of the Participant’s spouse shall be required in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a), provided the spousal consent requirements of such Section apply to the Plan. Such consent must be
obtained within the 90-day period prior to the date the loan is made. Any security interest held by the Plan by reason of an outstanding loan to the Participant or Former Participant shall be taken into account in determining the amount of the death
benefit or Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. However, unless the loan program established pursuant to this Section provides otherwise, no spousal consent shall be required under this paragraph if the total interest subject to the security is not in
excess of $5,000 (or, $3,500 effective for loans made prior to the later of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after August 5, 1997, or the date specified in the Adoption Agreement). 
 (e) The Administrator shall be authorized to establish a participant loan program to provide for loans under the Plan. The
loan program shall be established in accordance with Department of Labor Regulation Section 2550.408(b)-1(d)(2) providing for loans by the Plan to parties-in-interest under said Plan, such as Participants or Beneficiaries. In order for the
Administrator to implement such loan program, a separate written document forming a part of this Plan must be adopted, which document shall specifically include, but need not be limited to, the following: 
 (1) the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer the Participant loan program; 
 (2) a procedure for applying for loans; 
 (3) the basis on which loans will be approved or denied; 
 (4) limitations, if any,
on the types and amounts of loans offered; 
 (5) the procedure under the program for determining a reasonable rate of interest;

 (6) the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and 
 (7) the events constituting default and the steps that will be taken to preserve Plan assets in the event such default. 
 (f) Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if a Participant or Beneficiary defaults on a loan made pursuant
to this Section that is secured by the Participant’s interest in the Plan, then a Participant’s interest may be offset by the amount subject to the security to the extent there is a distributable event permitted by the Code or Regulations.

 (g) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if this is an amendment and restatement of an
existing Plan, any loans made prior to the date this amendment and restatement is adopted shall be subject to the terms of the Plan in effect at the time such loan was made. 
  

	7.7	MAJORITY ACTIONS 

 Except
where there has been an allocation and delegation of powers, if there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by a majority of their number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign papers on their behalf. 
  

	7.8	TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES 

 The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as set forth in the Trustee’s fee schedule (if the Trustee has such a schedule) or as agreed upon in writing by the Employer and the Trustee.
However, an individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time compensation from the Employer shall not receive compensation

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 54 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
from this Plan. In addition, the Trustee shall be reimbursed for any reasonable expenses, including reasonable counsel fees incurred by it as Trustee. Such compensation and expenses shall be paid
from the Trust Fund unless paid or advanced by the Employer. All taxes of any kind whatsoever that may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon, or in respect of, the Trust Fund or the income thereof, shall be paid from the Trust
Fund. 
  

	7.9	ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE 

 (a) Within a reasonable period of time after the later of the Anniversary Date or receipt of the Employer’s contribution for each Plan Year, the Trustee, or its agent, shall furnish to the Employer
and Administrator a written statement of account with respect to the Plan Year for which such contribution was made setting forth: 
 (1) the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund; 
 (2) the gains, or losses, realized by the Trust Fund upon sales or
other disposition of the assets; 
 (3) the increase, or decrease, in the value of the Trust Fund; 
 (4) all payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund; and 
 (5) such further information as the Trustee and/or Administrator deems appropriate. 
 (b) The Employer, promptly upon its receipt of each such statement of account, shall acknowledge receipt thereof in writing
and advise the Trustee and/or Administrator of its approval or disapproval thereof. Failure by the Employer to disapprove any such statement of account within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof shall be deemed an approval thereof. The
approval by the Employer of any statement of account shall be binding on the Employer and the Trustee as to all matters contained in the statement to the same extent as if the account of the Trustee had been settled by judgment or decree in an
action for a judicial settlement of its account in a court of competent jurisdiction in which the Trustee, the Employer and all persons having or claiming an interest in the Plan were parties. However, nothing contained in this Section shall deprive
the Trustee of its right to have its accounts judicially settled if the Trustee so desires. 
  

	7.10	AUDIT 

 (a) If an audit of the Plan’s records shall be required by the Act and the regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the Administrator shall engage on behalf of all Participants an independent qualified public accountant for that
purpose. Such accountant shall, after an audit of the books and records of the Plan in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, within a reasonable period after the close of the Plan Year, furnish to the Administrator and the Trustee a
report of the audit setting forth the accountant’s opinion as to whether any statements, schedules or lists, that are required by Act Section 103 or the Secretary of Labor to be filed with the Plan’s annual report, are presented
fairly in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently. 
 (b) All auditing and
accounting fees shall be an expense of and may, at the election of the Employer, be paid from the Trust Fund. 
 (c) If some or all of the information necessary to enable the Administrator to comply with Act Section 103 is maintained by a bank, insurance company, or similar institution, regulated, supervised, and subject to periodic examination
by a state or federal agency, then it shall transmit and certify the accuracy of that information to the Administrator as provided in Act Section 103(b) within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the Plan Year or such other date
as may be prescribed under regulations of the Secretary of Labor. 
  

	7.11	RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE 

 (a) Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, a Trustee may resign at any time by delivering to the Employer, at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written
notice of resignation. 
 (b) Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, the Employer may
remove a Trustee at any time by delivering to the Trustee, at least thirty (30) days before its effective date, a written notice of such Trustee’s removal. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 55 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (c) Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any Trustee,
a successor may be appointed by the Employer; and such successor, upon accepting such appointment in writing and delivering same to the Employer, shall, without further act, become vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the predecessor
as if such successor had been originally named as a Trustee herein. Until such a successor is appointed, any remaining Trustee or Trustees shall have full authority to act under the terms of the Plan. 
 (d) The Employer may designate one or more successors prior to the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of a Trustee.
In the event a successor is so designated by the Employer and accepts such designation, the successor shall, without further act, become vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the predecessor as if such successor had been originally
named as Trustee herein immediately upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of the predecessor. 
 (e) Whenever any Trustee hereunder ceases to serve as such, the Trustee shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement of account with respect to the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual or entity served
as Trustee. This statement shall be either (i) included as part of the annual statement of account for the Plan Year required under Section 7.9 or (ii) set forth in a special statement. Any such special statement of account should be
rendered to the Employer no later than the due date of the annual statement of account for the Plan Year. The procedures set forth in Section 7.9 for the approval by the Employer of annual statements of account shall apply to any special
statement of account rendered hereunder and approval by the Employer of any such special statement in the manner provided in Section 7.9 shall have the same effect upon the statement as the Employer’s approval of an annual statement of
account. No successor to the Trustee shall have any duty or responsibility to investigate the acts or transactions of any predecessor who has rendered all statements of account required by Section 7.9 and this subparagraph. 
  

	7.12	TRANSFER OF INTEREST 

 Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Plan, the Trustee at the direction of the Administrator shall transfer the interest, if any, of a Participant to another trust forming part of a pension, profit sharing, or stock bonus
plan that meets the requirements of Code Section 401(a), provided that the trust to which such transfers are made permits the transfer to be made. 
  

	7.13	TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION 

 The Employer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses and liabilities the Trustee may incur in the exercise and performance of the Trustee’s powers and duties hereunder,
unless the same are determined to be due to gross negligence or willful misconduct. 
  

	7.14	EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY 

 The Trustee shall be empowered to acquire and hold “qualifying Employer securities” and “qualifying Employer real property,” as those terms are defined in the Act. However, no more
than one hundred percent (100%), in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Plan, or ten percent (10%), in the case of a Money Purchase Plan, of the fair market value of all the assets in the Trust Fund may be invested in “qualifying
Employer securities” and “qualifying Employer real property.” 
 Notwithstanding the preceding, for Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 1998, if the Plan does not permit Participants to direct the investment of their Participants’ Elective Deferral Accounts, then the Trustee shall only be permitted to acquire or hold “qualifying Employer
securities” and “qualifying Employer real property” to the extent permitted under Act Section 407. 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS 
  

	8.1	AMENDMENT 

 (a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to amend this Plan subject to the limitations of this Section. However, any amendment that affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee or Administrator may only be made
with the Trustee’s or Administrator’s written consent. Any such amendment shall become effective as provided therein upon its execution. The Trustee shall not be required to execute any such amendment unless the amendment affects the
duties of the Trustee hereunder. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 56 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (b) The Employer may (1) change the choice of options in the
Adoption Agreement, (2) add any addendum to the Adoption Agreement that is specifically permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan; (3) add overriding language to the Adoption Agreement when such language is necessary to satisfy Code
Sections 415 or 416 because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, and (4) add certain model amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as an
individually designed plan. An Employer that amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under Code Section 412(d), will no longer participate in this Prototype Plan and this Plan will be
considered to be an individually designed plan. Notwithstanding the preceding, the attachment to the Adoption Agreement of any addendum specifically authorized by the Plan or a list of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” which must
be preserved shall not be considered an amendment to the Plan. 
 (c) The Employer expressly delegates authority
to the sponsor of this Prototype Plan, the right to amend each Employer’s Plan by submitting a copy of the amendment to each Employer who has adopted this Prototype Plan, after first having received a ruling or favorable determination from the
Internal Revenue Service that the Prototype Plan as amended qualifies under Code Section 401(a) and the Act (unless a ruling or determination is not required by the IRS). For purposes of this Section, the mass submitter shall be recognized as
the agent of the sponsor. If the sponsor does not adopt any amendment made by the mass submitter, it will no longer be identical to, or a minor modifier of, the mass submitter plan. 
 (d) No amendment to the Plan shall be effective if it authorizes or permits any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part
as is required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to any purpose other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates; or causes any reduction in the amount credited to the
account of any Participant; or causes or permits any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become property of the Employer. 
 (e) Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation 1.411(d)-4) or other IRS guidance, no Plan amendment or transaction having the effect of a Plan amendment (such as a merger, plan transfer or
similar transaction) shall be effective if it eliminates or reduces any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit” or adds or modifies conditions relating to “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” which results in a further
restriction on such benefits unless such “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” are preserved with respect to benefits accrued as of the later of the adoption date or effective date of the amendment. “Section 411(d)(6) protected
benefits” are benefits described in Code Section 411(d)(6)(A), early retirement benefits and retirement-type subsidies, and optional forms of benefit. A Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive
payment of the Participant’s interest in the Plan under a particular optional form of benefit will be permissible if the amendment satisfies the conditions in (1) and (2) below: 
 (1) The amendment provides a single-sum distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit eliminated or
restricted. For purposes of this condition (1), a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if it is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides
greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement. 
 (2) The amendment is not
effective unless the amendment provides that the amendment shall not apply to any distribution with an Annuity Starting Date earlier than the earlier of: (i) the ninetieth (90th) day after the date the Participant receiving the
distribution has been furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and that satisfies the Act requirements at 29 CFR 2520.104b-3 (relating to a summary of material modifications) or (ii) the first day of the second Plan Year following the
Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted. 
  

	8.2	TERMINATION 

 (a) The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate the Plan by delivering to the Trustee and Administrator written notice of such termination. Upon any full or partial termination, all amounts credited to the affected
Participants’ Combined Accounts shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter be subject to forfeiture, and all unallocated amounts, including Forfeitures, shall be allocated to the accounts of all Participants in accordance with the
provisions hereof. 
 (b) Upon the full termination of the Plan, the Employer shall direct the distribution of
the assets to Participants in a manner that is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5. Distributions to a Participant shall be made in cash (or in property if permitted in the Adoption Agreement) or through the purchase of
irrevocable nontransferable deferred commitments from the Insurer. Except as permitted by Regulations, the termination of the Plan shall not result in the reduction of “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” as described in
Section 8.1(e). 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 57 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

	8.3	MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS 

 This Plan may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets and/or liabilities may be transferred to any other plan only if the benefits which would be received by a Participant of this Plan, in the event
of a termination of the plan immediately after such transfer, merger or consolidation, are at least equal to the benefits the Participant would have received if the Plan had terminated immediately before the transfer, merger or consolidation and
such transfer, merger or consolidation does not otherwise result in the elimination or reduction of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” as described in Section 8.1(e). 
 ARTICLE IX 
 TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS 
  

	9.1	TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS 

 Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, for any Top Heavy Plan Year, the Plan shall provide the special vesting requirements of Code Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Plan and the special minimum
allocation requirements of Code Section 416(c) pursuant to Section 4.3(f) of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the minimum allocation shall be an Employer Non-Elective Contribution and, if no vesting schedule has been
selected in the Adoption Agreement, shall be subject to the 6 Year Graded vesting schedule described in the Adoption Agreement. 
  

	9.2	DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS 

 (a) This Plan shall be a Top Heavy Plan for any plan year beginning after December 31, 1983, if any of the following conditions exists: 
 (1) if the “top heavy ratio” for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any “required
aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group”; 
 (2) if this Plan is a part of a “required
aggregation group” but not part of a “permissive aggregation group” and the “top heavy ratio” for the group of plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or 
 (3) if this Plan is a part of a “required aggregation group” and part of a “permissive aggregation group” and the
“top heavy ratio” for the “permissive aggregation group” exceeds sixty percent (60%). 
 (b)
“Top heavy ratio” means, with respect to a “determination date”: 
 (1) If the Employer maintains one or more
defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code Section 408(k))) and the Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period ending on the “determination
date” has or has had accrued benefits, the top heavy ratio for this plan alone or for the “required aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group” as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the
account balances of all Key Employees as of the “determination date” (including any part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the “determination date”), and the denominator of which is the sum of all
account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the “determination date”), both computed in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. Both the numerator and
denominator of the top heavy ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the “determination date,” but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code Section 416 and the Regulations
thereunder. 
 (2) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension
plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending on the “determination date” has or has had any accrued benefits, the top heavy ratio for any “required
aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group” as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, determined in
accordance with (1) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the “determination date,” and the denominator of which is the sum of the account
balances under the aggregated defined

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 58 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in accordance with (1) above, and the “present value” of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for
all participants as of the “determination date,” all determined in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the top
heavy ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the five-year period ending on the determination date. 
 (3) For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent “valuation date” that falls within or ends with the 12-month period
ending on the “determination date,” except as provided in Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant
(i) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (ii) who has not been credited with at least one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the plan at any time during the 5-year period ending on the
“determination date” will be disregarded. The calculation of the top heavy ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code Section 416 and the
Regulations thereunder. Deductible Employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top heavy ratio. When aggregating plans the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to
the “determination dates” that fall within the same calendar year. 
 The accrued benefit of a participant other than a
Key Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the employer, or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more
rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). 
 (c) “Determination date” means, for any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, “determination date” means the last day of that Plan
Year. 
 (d) “Permissive aggregation group” means the “required aggregation group” of plans
plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410. 
 (e) “Present value” means the present value based only on the interest and mortality rates specified in the
Adoption Agreement. 
 (f) “Required aggregation group” means: (1) each qualified plan of the
Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the determination period (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and (2) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan
described in (1) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. 
 (g) “Valuation
date” means the date elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement as of which account balances or accrued benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the “top heavy ratio.” 
 ARTICLE X 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  

	10.1	EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS 

 (a) Any organization may become the Employer hereunder by executing the Adoption Agreement in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, and it shall provide such additional information as the Trustee may
require. The consent of the Trustee to act as such shall be signified by its execution of the Adoption Agreement or a separate agreement (including, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, a separate trust agreement). 
 (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the affiliation of the Employer and the participation of its Participants
shall be separate and apart from that of any other employer and its participants hereunder. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 59 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

	10.2	PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS 

 This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer and any Participant or to be a consideration or an inducement for the employment of any Participant or Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to
give any Participant or Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which such discharge shall have
upon the Employee as a Participant of this Plan. 
  

	10.3	ALIENATION 

 (a) Subject to the exceptions provided below and as otherwise permitted by the Code and the Act, no benefit which shall be payable to any person (including a Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary) shall be subject in any manner
to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void; and no such benefit shall in any manner be
liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any such person, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person, and the same shall not be recognized except to such extent as
may be required by law. 
 (b) Subsection (a) shall not apply to the extent a Participant or Beneficiary is
indebted to the Plan by reason of a loan made pursuant to Section 7.6. At the time a distribution is to be made to or for a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit, such portion of the amount to be distributed as shall equal such
indebtedness shall be paid to the Plan, to apply against or discharge such indebtedness. Prior to making a payment, however, the Participant or Beneficiary must be given notice by the Administrator that such indebtedness is to be so paid in whole or
part from the Participant’s interest in the Plan. If the Participant or Beneficiary does not agree that the indebtedness is a valid claim against the Participant’s interest in the Plan, the Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to a
review of the validity of the claim in accordance with procedures provided in Sections 2.10 and 2.11. 
 (c)
Subsection (a) shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and those other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated by the Administrator under the provisions of the
Retirement Equity Act of 1984. The Administrator shall establish a written procedure to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders. Further, to the extent provided under a
“qualified domestic relations order,” a former spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes under the Plan. 
 (d) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section to the contrary, an offset to a Participant’s accrued benefit against
an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgment, order, or decree issued, or a settlement entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, shall be permitted in accordance with Code Sections
401(a)(13)(C) and (D). 
  

	10.4	CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN 

 This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced according to the Code, the Act and the laws of the state or commonwealth in which the Employer’s (or if there is a corporate Trustee, the Trustee’s) principal office is located
(unless otherwise designated in the Adoption Agreement), other than its laws respecting choice of law, to the extent not pre-empted by the Act. 
  

	10.5	GENDER AND NUMBER 

 Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, they shall be construed as though they were also used in another gender in all cases where they would so apply, and whenever any words are used herein in the
singular or plural form, they shall be construed as though they were also used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply. 
  

	10.6	LEGAL ACTION 

 In the
event any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the Trust and/or Plan established hereunder to which the Trustee, the Employer or the Administrator may be a party, and such claim, suit, or proceeding is resolved in favor of the Trustee,
the Employer or the Administrator, they shall be entitled to be reimbursed from the Trust Fund for any and all costs, attorney’s fees, and other expenses pertaining thereto incurred by them for which they shall have become liable. 

 

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 60 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

	10.7	PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS 

 (a) Except as provided below and otherwise specifically permitted by law, it shall be impossible by operation of the Plan or of the Trust, by termination of either, by power of revocation or amendment, by
the happening of any contingency, by collateral arrangement or by any other means, for any part of the corpus or income of any Trust Fund maintained pursuant to the Plan or any funds contributed thereto to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other
than the exclusive benefit of Participants, Former Participants, or their Beneficiaries. 
 (b) In the event the
Employer shall make a contribution under a mistake of fact pursuant to Act Section 403(c)(2)(A), the Employer may demand repayment of such contribution at any time within one (1) year following the time of payment and the Trustee shall
return such amount to the Employer within the one (1) year period. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contributions may not be returned to the Employer but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned. 
 (c) Except as specifically stated in the Plan, any contribution made by the Employer to the Plan (if the Employer is not
tax-exempt) is conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution by the Employer under the Code and, to the extent any such deduction is disallowed, the Employer may, within one (1) year following a final determination of the disallowance,
whether by agreement with the Internal Revenue Service or by final decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, demand repayment of such disallowed contribution and the Trustee shall return such contribution within one (1) year following the
disallowance. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contribution may not be returned to the Employer, but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned. 
  

	10.8	EMPLOYER’S AND TRUSTEE’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE 

 The Employer, Administrator and Trustee, and their successors, shall not be responsible for the validity of any Contract issued hereunder or for the failure on the part of the Insurer to make payments
provided by any such Contract, or for the action of any person which may delay payment or render a Contract null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part. 
  

	10.9	INSURER’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE 

 Except as otherwise agreed upon in writing between the Employer and the Insurer, an Insurer which issues any Contracts hereunder shall not have any responsibility for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects of this Plan.
The Insurer shall be protected and held harmless in acting in accordance with any written direction of the Administrator or Trustee, and shall have no duty to see to the application of any funds paid to the Trustee, nor be required to question any
actions directed by the Administrator or Trustee. Regardless of any provision of this Plan, the Insurer shall not be required to take or permit any action or allow any benefit or privilege contrary to the terms of any Contract which it issues
hereunder, or the rules of the Insurer. 
  

	10.10 	RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS 

 Any payment to any Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, Beneficiary, or to any guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall, to the extent
thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee and the Employer. 
  

	10.11 	ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER 

 Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted or required to do or perform any act or matter or thing, it shall be done and performed by a person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority. 
  

	10.12 	NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY 

 The “named Fiduciaries” of this Plan are (1) the Employer, (2) the Administrator, (3) the Trustee (if the Trustee has discretionary authority as elected in the Adoption Agreement
or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Trustee), and (4) any Investment Manager appointed hereunder. The named Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities, and obligations as are specifically given
them under the Plan including, but not limited to, any agreement allocating or delegating their responsibilities, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. In general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making the
contributions provided for under the Plan; and shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove the Trustee and the Administrator; to formulate the Plan’s “funding policy and method”; and to amend the elective provisions of the
Adoption Agreement or terminate, in whole or in part, the Plan. The Administrator shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan, which responsibility is specifically described in the Plan. If the Trustee has discretionary

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 61 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
authority, it shall have the sole responsibility of management of the assets held under the Trust, except those assets, the management of which has been assigned to an Investment Manager or
Administrator, who shall be solely responsible for the management of the assets assigned to it, all as specifically provided in the Plan. Each named Fiduciary warrants that any directions given, information furnished, or action taken by it shall be
in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, authorizing or providing for such direction, information or action. Furthermore, each named Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction, information or action of another named Fiduciary as being proper
under the Plan, and is not required under the Plan to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action. It is intended under the Plan that each named Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers,
duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan. No named Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value. Any person or group may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity.

  

	10.13 	HEADINGS 

 The headings
and subheadings of this Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof. 
  

	10.14 	APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE 

 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, pursuant to a timely application filed by or on behalf of the Plan, the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service or the Commissioner’s
delegate should determine that the Plan does not initially qualify as a tax-exempt plan under Code Sections 401 and 501, and such determination is not contested, or if contested, is finally upheld, then if the Plan is a new plan, it shall be void ab
initio and all amounts contributed to the Plan, by the Employer, less expenses paid, shall be returned within one (1) year and the Plan shall terminate, and the Trustee shall be discharged from all further obligations. If the disqualification
relates to a Plan amendment, then the Plan shall operate as if it had not been amended. If the Employer’s Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, such Plan will no longer participate in this prototype plan and will be considered an
individually designed plan. 
  

	10.15 	UNIFORMITY 

 All
provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner. 
  

	10.16 	PAYMENT OF BENEFITS 

 Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, benefits under this Plan shall be paid, subject to Sections 6.10, 6.11 and 12.9, only upon death, Total and Permanent Disability, normal or early retirement, termination of employment, or
termination of the Plan. 
 ARTICLE XI 
 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS 
  

	11.1	ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER 

 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with the consent of the Employer and Trustee, any Affiliated Employer may adopt the Employer’s Plan and all of the provisions hereof, and participate
herein and be known as a Participating Employer, by a properly executed document evidencing said intent and will of such Participating Employer. Regardless of the preceding, an entity that ceases to be an Affiliated Employer may continue to be a
Participating Employer through the end of the transition period for certain dispositions set forth in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C). In the event a Participating Employer is not an Affiliated Employer and the transition period in the preceding
sentence, if applicable, has expired, then this Plan will be considered an individually designed plan. 
  

	11.2	REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS 

 (a) Each Participating Employer shall be required to select the same Adoption Agreement provisions as those selected by the Employer other than the Plan Year, the Fiscal Year, and such other items that
must, by necessity, vary among employers. 
 (b) The Trustee may, but shall not be required to, commingle, hold
and invest as one Trust Fund all contributions made by Participating Employers, as well as all increments thereof. However, the assets of the Plan shall, on an ongoing basis, be available to pay benefits to all Participants and Beneficiaries under
the Plan without regard to the Employer or Participating Employer who contributed such assets. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 62 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (c) Unless the Employer otherwise directs, any expenses of the Plan
which are to be paid by the Employer or borne by the Trust Fund shall be paid by each Participating Employer in the same proportion that the total amount standing to the credit of all Participants employed by such Employer bears to the total
standing to the credit of all Participants. 
  

	11.3	DESIGNATION OF AGENT 

 Each Participating Employer shall be deemed to be a part of this Plan; provided, however, that with respect to all of its relations with the Trustee and Administrator for purposes of this Plan, each Participating Employer shall be deemed to
have designated irrevocably the Employer as its agent. Unless the context of the Plan clearly indicates otherwise, the word “Employer” shall be deemed to include each Participating Employer as related to its adoption of the Plan.

  

	11.4	EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS 

 In
the event an Employee is transferred between Participating Employers, accumulated service and eligibility shall be carried with the Employee involved. No such transfer shall effect a termination of employment hereunder, and the Participating
Employer to which the Employee is transferred shall thereupon become obligated hereunder with respect to such Employee in the same manner as was the Participating Employer from whom the Employee was transferred. 
  

	11.5	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES 

 Any contribution or Forfeiture subject to allocation during each Plan Year shall be allocated among all Participants of all Participating Employers in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. However,
if a Participating Employer is not an Affiliated Employer (due to the transition rule for certain dispositions set forth in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)) then any contributions made by such Participating Employer will only be allocated among the
Participants eligible to share of the Participating Employer. On the basis of the information furnished by the Administrator, the Trustee may keep separate books and records concerning the affairs of each Participating Employer hereunder and as to
the accounts and credits of the Employees of each Participating Employer. The Trustee may, but need not, register Contracts so as to evidence that a particular Participating Employer is the interested Employer hereunder, but in the event of an
Employee transfer from one Participating Employer to another, the employing Participating Employer shall immediately notify the Trustee thereof. 
  

	11.6	AMENDMENT 

 Amendment of
this Plan by the Employer at any time when there shall be a Participating Employer that is an Affiliated Employer hereunder shall only be by the written action of each and every Participating Employer and with the consent of the Trustee where such
consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of this Plan. 
  

	11.7	DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION 

 Except in the case of a standardized Plan, any Participating Employer that is an Affiliated Employer shall be permitted to discontinue or revoke its participation in the Plan at any time. At the time of any such discontinuance or
revocation, satisfactory evidence thereof and of any applicable conditions imposed shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee shall thereafter transfer, deliver and assign Contracts and other Trust Fund assets allocable to the Participants of
such Participating Employer to such new trustee or custodian as shall have been designated by such Participating Employer, in the event that it has established a separate qualified retirement plan for its employees provided, however, that no such
transfer shall be made if the result is the elimination or reduction of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” as described in Section 8.1(e). If no successor is designated, the Trustee shall retain such assets for the Employees
of said Participating Employer pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof. In no such event shall any part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund as it relates to such Participating Employer be used for or diverted to purposes other than
for the exclusive benefit of the employees of such Participating Employer. 
  

	11.8	ADMINISTRATOR’S AUTHORITY 

 The Administrator shall have authority to make any and all necessary rules or regulations, binding upon all Participating Employers and all Participants, to effectuate the purpose of this Article. 
  

	11.9	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE 

 If any Participating Employer is prevented in whole or in part from making a contribution which it would otherwise have made under the Plan by reason of having no current or accumulated earnings or
profits, or because such earnings or profits are less than the contribution which it would otherwise have made, then, pursuant to

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 63 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
Code Section 404(a)(3)(B), so much of the contribution which such Participating Employer was so prevented from making may be made, for the benefit of the participating employees of such
Participating Employer, by other Participating Employers who are members of the same affiliated group within the meaning of Code Section 1504 to the extent of their current or accumulated earnings or profits, except that such contribution by
each such other Participating Employer shall be limited to the proportion of its total current and accumulated earnings or profits remaining after adjustment for its contribution to the Plan made without regard to this paragraph which the total
prevented contribution bears to the total current and accumulated earnings or profits of all the Participating Employers remaining after adjustment for all contributions made to the Plan without regard to this paragraph. 
 A Participating Employer on behalf of whose employees a contribution is made under this paragraph shall not be required to reimburse the
contributing Participating Employers. 
 ARTICLE XII 
 CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS 
 Except as specifically
provided elsewhere in this Plan, the provisions of this Article shall apply with respect to any 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan regardless of any provisions in the Plan to the contrary. 
  

	12.1	FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION 

 (a) For each Plan Year, the Employer will (or may with respect to any discretionary contributions) contribute to the Plan: 
 (1) The amount of the total salary reduction elections of all Participants made pursuant to Section 12.2(a), which amount shall be deemed Elective Deferrals, plus 
 (2) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a matching contribution equal to the percentage, if any, specified in the Adoption Agreement of the
Elective Deferrals of each Participant eligible to share in the allocations of the matching contribution, which amount shall be deemed an Employer’s matching contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution as elected in the Adoption Agreement,
plus 
 (3) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Prevailing Wage Contribution or a discretionary amount determined each year
by the Employer, which amount if any, shall be deemed an Employer’s Non-Elective Contribution, plus 
 (4) If elected in the
Adoption Agreement, a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer
is not a tax-exempt entity, then the Employer’s contributions for any Fiscal Year may generally not exceed the maximum amount allowable as a deduction to the Employer under the provisions of Code Section 404. However, to the extent
necessary to provide the top heavy minimum allocations, the Employer shall make a contribution even if it exceeds current or accumulated Net Profit or the amount that is deductible under Code Section 404. All contributions by the Employer shall
be made in cash or in such property as is acceptable to the Trustee. 
  

	12.2	PARTICIPANT’S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION 

 (a) Each Participant may elect to defer a portion of Compensation which would have been received in the Plan Year, but for the salary reduction election, subject to the limitations of this Section and the
Adoption Agreement. A salary reduction election (or modification of an earlier election) may not be made with respect to Compensation which is currently available on or before the date the Participant executed such election, or if later, the later
of the date the Employer adopts this cash or deferred arrangement or the date such arrangement first became effective. Any elections made pursuant to this Section shall become effective as soon as is administratively feasible. If the automatic
election option is elected in the Adoption Agreement, then in the event a Participant fails to make a deferral election and does not affirmatively elect to receive cash, such Participant shall be deemed to have made a deferral election equal to the
percentage of Compensation set forth in the Adoption Agreement. The automatic election may, in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator, be applied to all Participants or to Eligible Employees who become Participants after a
certain date. For purposes of this Section, the annual dollar limitation of Code Section 401(a)(17) ($150,000 as adjusted) shall not apply. 
 Additionally, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may elect to defer a different percentage or amount of any cash bonus to be paid by the Employer during the Plan Year. A deferral
election may not be made with respect to cash bonuses which are currently available on or before the date the Participant executes such election. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 64 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 The amount by which Compensation and/or cash bonuses are reduced shall
be that Participant’s Elective Deferrals and shall be treated as an Employer contribution and allocated to that Participant’s Elective Deferral Account. 
 Once made, a Participant’s election to reduce Compensation shall remain in effect until modified or terminated.
Modifications may be made as specified in the Adoption Agreement, and terminations may be made at any time. Any modification or termination of an election will become effective as soon as is administratively feasible. 
 (b) The balance in each Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account and Qualified
Non-Elective Contribution Account shall be fully Vested at all times and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason. 
 (c) Amounts held in a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account and Qualified
Non-Elective Account may only be distributable as provided in (4), (5) or (6) below or as provided under the other provisions of this Plan, but in no event prior to the earlier of the following events or any other events permitted by the
Code or Regulations: 
 (1) the Participant’s separation from service, Total and Permanent Disability, or death; 

(2) the Participant’s attainment of age 59 1/2; 
 (3) the proven financial hardship of the Participant, subject to the limitations of Section 12.9; 
 (4) the termination of the Plan without the existence at the time of Plan termination of another defined contribution plan or the establishment of a successor defined contribution plan by the Employer or
an Affiliated Employer within the period ending twelve months after distribution of all assets from the Plan maintained by the Employer. For this purpose, a defined contribution does not include an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Code
Section 4975(e)(7) or 409), a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code Section 408(k)), or a SIMPLE individual retirement account plan (as defined in Code Section 408(p)); 
 (5) the date of the sale by the Employer to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer of substantially all of the assets (within the
meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)) with respect to a Participant who continues employment with the corporation acquiring such assets; or 
 (6) the date of the sale by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer of its interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3)) to an entity that is not an Affiliated Employer with
respect to a Participant who continues employment with such subsidiary. 
 Distributions that are made because of
(4), (5), or (6) above must be made in a lump-sum. 
 (d) A Participant’s “elective
deferrals” made under this Plan and all other plans, contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan during any calendar year shall not exceed the dollar limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g), as in effect at the
beginning of such calendar year. This dollar limitation shall be adjusted annually pursuant to the method provided in Code Section 415(d) in accordance with Regulations. For this purpose, “elective deferrals” means, with respect to a
calendar year, the sum of all employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 401(k), any salary reduction simplified
employee pension (as defined in Code Section 408(k)(6)), any SIMPLE IRA plan described in Code Section 408(p), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, any plans described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and
any Employer contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. “Elective deferrals” shall not include any deferrals properly
distributed as excess “Annual Additions” pursuant to Section 4.5. 
 (e) If a Participant has
Excess Deferrals for a taxable year, the Participant may, not later than March 1st following the close of such taxable year, notify the Administrator in writing of such excess and request that the Participant’s Elective Deferrals under
this Plan be reduced by an amount specified by the Participant. In such event, the Administrator shall direct the distribution of such excess amount (and any “Income” allocable to such excess amount) to the Participant not later than the
first April 15th following the close of the Participant’s taxable year. Any distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess Deferrals and

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 65 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
“Income” shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess Deferrals and “Income.” The amount distributed shall not exceed the Participant’s Elective Deferrals under
the Plan for the taxable year. Any distribution on or before the last day of the Participant’s taxable year must satisfy each of the following conditions: 
 (1) the Participant shall designate the distribution as Excess Deferrals; 
 (2) the
distribution must be made after the date on which the Plan received the Excess Deferrals; and 
 (3) the Plan must designate the
distribution as a distribution of Excess Deferrals. 
 Regardless of the preceding, if a Participant has Excess
Deferrals solely from elective deferrals made under this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer, a Participant will be deemed to have notified the Administrator of such excess amount and the Administrator shall direct the distribution of
such Excess Deferrals in a manner consistent with the provisions of this subsection. 
 Any distribution made
pursuant to this subsection shall be made first from unmatched Elective Deferrals and, thereafter, from Elective Deferrals which are matched. Matching contributions which relate to Excess Deferrals that are distributed pursuant to this
Section 12.2(e) shall be treated as a Forfeiture to the extent required pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Regulations thereunder. 
 For the purpose of this subsection, “Income” means the amount of income or loss allocable to a Participant’s Excess Deferrals, which amount shall be allocated in the same manner as income
or losses are allocated pursuant to Section 4.3(c). However, “Income” for the period between the end of the taxable year of the Participant and the date of the distribution (the “gap period”) is not required to be
distributed. 
 (f) Notwithstanding the preceding, a Participant’s Excess Deferrals shall be reduced, but
not below zero, by any distribution and/or recharacterization of Excess Deferrals pursuant to Section 12.5(a) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the taxable year of the Participant. 
 (g) In the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution pursuant to Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iii)(B) from any
other plan maintained by the Employer or from the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account pursuant to Section 12.9, then such Participant shall not be permitted to elect to have Elective Deferrals contributed to the Plan for a period of
twelve (12) months following the receipt of the distribution. Furthermore, the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) shall be reduced, with respect to the Participant’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the
hardship distribution was made, by the amount of such Participant’s Elective Deferrals, if any, made pursuant to this Plan (and any other plan maintained by the Employer) for the taxable year of the hardship distribution. 
 (h) At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the Participant shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market
value of the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account shall be used to provide benefits to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. 
 (i) If during a Plan Year, it is projected that the aggregate amount of Elective Deferrals to be allocated to all Highly Compensated Participants under this Plan would cause the Plan to fail the tests set
forth in Section 12.4, then the Administrator may automatically reduce the deferral amount of affected Highly Compensated Participants, beginning with the Highly Compensated Participant who has the highest actual deferral ratio until it is
anticipated the Plan will pass the tests or until the actual deferral ratio equals the actual deferral ratio of the Highly Compensated Participant having the next highest actual deferral ratio. This process may continue until it is anticipated that
the Plan will satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Alternatively, the Employer may specify a maximum percentage of Compensation that may be deferred by Highly Compensated Participants. 
 (j) The Employer and the Administrator shall establish procedures necessary to implement the salary reduction elections
provided for herein. Such procedures may contain limits on salary deferral elections such as limiting elections to whole percentages of Compensation or to equal dollar amounts per pay period that an election is in effect. 
  

	12.3	ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS 

 (a) The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each Anniversary Date, or other Valuation Date, all amounts
allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 66 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (b) The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information
required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of Employer contributions for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the date of receipt by the Administrator of such information, the Administrator shall allocate
contributions as follows: 
 (1) With respect to Elective Deferrals made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(1), to each
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account in an amount equal to each such Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year. 
 (2) With respect to the Employer’s matching contribution made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2), to each Participant’s Account, or Participant’s Qualified Matching Contribution Account, as elected in the Adoption Agreement,
in accordance with Section 12.1(a)(2). 
 Except, however, in order to be entitled to receive any Employer matching
contribution, a Participant must satisfy the conditions for sharing in the Employer matching contribution as set forth in the Adoption Agreement. Furthermore, regardless of any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary, for the Plan Year in
which this Plan terminates, a Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contributions for the Plan Year if the Participant is employed at the end of the Plan Year and has completed a Year of Service (or
Period of Service if the Elapsed Time Method is elected). 
 (3) With respect to the Employer’s Non-Elective Contribution
made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(3), to each Participant’s Account in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3(b)(2) or 4.3(b)(3) whichever is applicable. 
 (4) With respect to the Employer’s Qualified Non-Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(4), to each
Participant’s (excluding Highly Compensated Employees, if elected in the Adoption Agreement) Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account in accordance with the Adoption Agreement. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in determining whether a Non-Key Employee has received the required
minimum allocation pursuant to Section 4.3(f) such Non-Key Employee’s Elective Deferrals and matching contributions used to satisfy the ADP tests in Section 12.4 or the ACP tests in Section 12.6 shall not be taken into account.

 (d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Participants who terminated employment during the Plan
Year shall share in the salary deferral contributions made by the Employer for the year of termination without regard to the Hours of Service credited. 
 (e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (other than Sections 4.3(f) and 12.3(f)), Participants shall only share in the allocations of the Employer’s matching contribution made pursuant to
Section 12.1(a)(2), the Employer’s Non-Elective Contributions made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(3), the Employer’s Qualified Non-Elective Contribution made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(4), and Forfeitures as provided in the
Adoption Agreement. If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant completes more than 500 Hours of Service (or
three (3) Months of Service if the Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or who is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. Furthermore, regardless of any election in the Adoption Agreement to the
contrary, for the Plan Year in which this Plan terminates, a Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contributions for the Plan Year if the Participant is employed at the end of the Plan Year and has
completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time Method is elected). 
 (f) Notwithstanding
anything in this Section to the contrary, the provisions of this subsection apply for any Plan Year if, in the non-standardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer elected to apply the 410(b) ratio percentage failsafe provisions and the Plan fails to
satisfy the “ratio percentage test” due to a last day of the Plan Year allocation condition or an Hours of Service (or months of service) allocation condition. A plan satisfies the “ratio percentage test” if, on the last day of
the Plan Year, the “benefiting ratio” of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees who are “includible” is at least 70% of the “benefiting ratio” of the Highly Compensated Employees who are “includible.” The
“benefiting ratio” of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees is the number of “includible” Non-Highly Compensated Employees “benefiting” under the Plan divided by the number of “includible” Employees who are
Non-Highly Compensated Employees. The “benefiting ratio” of the Highly Compensated Employees is the number of Highly Compensated Employees “benefiting” under the Plan divided by the number of “includible” Highly

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 67 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
Compensated Employees. “Includible” Employees are all Employees other than: (1) those Employees excluded from participating in the plan for the entire Plan Year by reason of the
collective bargaining unit exclusion or the nonresident alien exclusion described in the Code or by reason of the age and service requirements of Article III; and (2) any Employee who incurs a separation from service during the Plan Year and
fails to complete at least 501 Hours of Service (or three (3) months of service if the Elapsed Time Method is being used) during such Plan Year. 
 For purposes of this subsection, an Employee is “benefiting” under the Plan on a particular date if, under the Plan, the Employee is entitled to an Employer contribution or an allocation of
Forfeitures for the Plan Year. 
 If this subsection applies, then the Administrator will suspend the allocation
conditions for the “includible” Non-Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants, beginning first with the “includible” Employees employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, then the “includible”
Employees who have the latest separation from service during the Plan Year, and continuing to suspend the allocation conditions for each “includible” Employee who incurred an earlier separation from service, from the latest to the earliest
separation from service date, until the Plan satisfies the “ratio percentage test” for the Plan Year. If two or more “includible” Employees have a separation from service on the same day, then the Administrator will suspend the
allocation conditions for all such “includible” Employees, irrespective of whether the Plan can satisfy the “ratio percentage test” by accruing benefits for fewer than all such “includible” Employees. If the Plan for
any Plan Year suspends the allocation conditions for an “includible” Employee, then that Employee will share in the allocation for that Plan Year of the Employer contribution and Forfeitures, if any, without regard to whether the Employee
has satisfied the other allocation conditions set forth in this Section. 
 If the Plan includes Employer matching contributions
subject to ACP testing, this subsection applies separately to the Code Section 401(m) portion of the Plan. 
  

	12.4	ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS 

 (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, this subsection applies if the Prior Year Testing method is elected in the Adoption Agreement. The “Actual Deferral Percentage” (hereinafter
“ADP”) for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees (hereinafter “HCEs”) for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees (hereinafter
“NHCEs”) for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests: 
 (1) The ADP for a Plan Year for
Participants who are HCEs for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were NHCEs for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or 
 (2) The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are HCEs for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were NHCEs for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided
that the ADP for Participants who are HCEs does not exceed the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were NHCEs in the prior Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage points. 
 Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of applying the foregoing tests with respect to the first Plan Year in which the Plan permits any
Participant to make Elective Deferrals, the ADP for the prior year’s NHCEs shall be deemed to be three percent (3%) unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current Plan Year’s ADP for these Participants.
However, the provisions of this paragraph may not be used if the Plan is a successor plan or is otherwise prohibited from using such provisions pursuant to IRS Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance). 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Current Year Testing method is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the ADP tests in
(a)(1) and (a)(2), above shall be applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are HCEs with the current Plan Year’s ADP (rather than the prior Plan Year’s ADP) for Participants who are NHCEs for the current
Plan Year. Once made, this election can only be changed if the Plan meets the requirements for changing to the Prior Year Testing method set forth in IRS Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance). Furthermore, this Plan must use the same testing method
for both the ADP and ACP tests for Plan Years beginning on or after the date the Employer adopts its GUST restated plan. 
 (c) This subsection applies to prevent the multiple use of the test set forth in subsection (a)(2) above. Any HCE eligible to make Elective Deferrals pursuant to Section 12.2 and to make after-tax
voluntary Employee contributions or to receive matching contributions under this Plan or under any other

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 68 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
plan maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, shall have either the actual deferral ratio adjusted in the manner described in Section 12.5 or the actual contribution ratio
adjusted in the manner described in Section 12.7 so that the “Aggregate Limit” is not exceeded pursuant to Regulation 1.401(m)-2. The amounts in excess of the “Aggregate Limit” shall be treated as either an Excess
Contribution or an Excess Aggregate Contribution. The ADP and ACP of the HCEs are determined after any corrections required to meet the ADP and ACP tests and are deemed to be the maximum permitted under such tests for the Plan Year. Multiple use
does not occur if either the ADP or ACP of the HCEs does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the NHCEs. 
 “Aggregate Limit” means the sum of (i) 125 percent of the greater of the ADP of the NHCEs for the prior Plan Year or the ACP of such NHCEs under the plan subject to Code Section 401(m) for the Plan Year beginning with or
within the prior Plan Year of the cash or deferred arrangement and (ii) the lesser of 200% or two (2) plus the lesser of such ADP or ACP. “Lesser” is substituted for “greater” in (i) above, and “greater”
is substituted for “lesser” after “two (2) plus the” in (ii) above if it would result in a larger Aggregate Limit. If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the Current Year Testing method, then in
calculating the “Aggregate Limit” for a particular Plan Year, the NHCEs ADP and ACP for that Plan Year, instead of the prior Plan Year, is used. 
 (d) A Participant is an HCE for a particular Plan Year if the Participant meets the definition of an HCE in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is an NHCE for a particular Plan Year if the
Participant does not meet the definition of an HCE in effect for that Plan Year. 
 (e) For the purposes of this
Section and Section 12.5, ADP means, for a specific group of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of (1) the amount of Employer contributions actually paid over
to the Plan on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year to (2) the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for such Plan Year. Employer contributions on behalf of any participant shall include: (1) any Elective Deferrals made pursuant
to the Participant’s deferral election (including Excess Deferrals of HCEs), but excluding (i) Excess Deferrals of NHCEs that arise solely from Elective Deferrals made under the plan or plans of this Employer and (ii) Elective
Deferrals that are taken into account in the ACP tests set forth in Section 12.6 (provided the ADP test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these Elective Deferrals); and (2) at the election of the Employer, Qualified
Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions to the extent such contributions are not used to satisfy the ACP test. 
 The actual deferral ratio for each Participant and the ADP for each group shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. Elective Deferrals allocated to each Highly Compensated
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account shall not be reduced by Excess Deferrals to the extent such excess amounts are made under this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer. 
 (f) For purposes of this Section and Section 12.5, a Highly Compensated Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated
Participant shall include any Employee eligible to make salary deferrals pursuant to Section 12.2 for the Plan Year. Such Participants who fail to make Elective Deferrals shall be treated for ADP purposes as Participants on whose behalf no
Elective Deferrals are made. 
 (g) In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4),
401(k), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the ADP of
Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Any adjustments to the NHCE ADP for the prior year will be made in accordance with IRS Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the
Current Year Testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP testing method. 
 (h) The ADP for any Participant who is an HCE for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferrals (and Qualified
Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test) allocated to such Participant’s accounts under two (2) or more arrangements described in Code
Section 401(k), that are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if such Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, such Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single
arrangement for purposes of determining such HCE’s actual deferral ratio. However, if the cash or deferred arrangements have different Plan Years, this paragraph shall be applied by treating all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or
within the same calendar year as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Regulations under Code Section 401. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 69 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (i) For purposes of determining the ADP and the amount of Excess
Contributions pursuant to Section 12.5, only Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions contributed to the Plan prior to the end of the twelve (12) month period immediately following the
Plan Year to which the contributions relate shall be considered. 
 (j) Notwithstanding anything in this Section
to the contrary, the provisions of this Section and Section 12.5 may be applied separately (or will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations) to each “plan” within the meaning of Regulation 1.401(k)-1(g)(11).
Furthermore, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, the provisions of Code Section 401(k)(3)(F) may be used to exclude from consideration all Non-Highly Compensated Employees who have not satisfied the minimum age and service
requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A). 
  

	12.5	ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS 

 (a) In the event (or, with respect to subsection (c) when the Prior Year Testing method is being used, if it is anticipated) that for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the Plan does
not satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4, the Administrator shall adjust Excess Contributions or the Employer shall make contributions pursuant to the options set forth below or any combination thereof. However, if the Prior Year
testing method is being used and it is anticipated that the Plan might not satisfy one of such tests, then the Employer may make contributions pursuant to the options set forth in subsection (c) below. 
 (b) On or before the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of each Plan Year, but in no event later than the
close of the following Plan Year, the Highly Compensated Participant allocated the largest amount of Elective Deferrals shall have a portion of such Elective Deferrals (and “Income” allocable to such amounts) distributed (and/or, at the
Participant’s election, recharacterized as a after-tax voluntary Employee contribution pursuant to Section 4.8) until the total amount of Excess Contributions has been distributed, or until the amount of the Participant’s Elective
Deferrals equals the Elective Deferrals of the Highly Compensated Participant having the next largest amount of Elective Deferrals allocated. This process shall continue until the total amount of Excess Contributions has been distributed. Any
distribution and/or recharacterization of Excess Contributions shall be made in the following order: 
 (1) With respect to the
distribution of Excess Contributions, such distribution: 
 (i) may be postponed but not later than the close of the Plan Year
following the Plan Year to which they are allocable; 
 (ii) shall be made first from unmatched Elective Deferrals and,
thereafter, simultaneously from Elective Deferrals which are matched and matching contributions which relate to such Elective Deferrals. Matching contributions which relate to Excess Contributions shall be forfeited unless the related matching
contribution is distributed as an Excess Aggregate Contribution pursuant to Section 12.7; 
 (iii) shall be adjusted for
“Income”; and 
 (iv) shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of Excess Contributions (and
“Income”). 
 (2) With respect to the recharacterization of Excess Contributions pursuant to (a) above, such
recharacterized amounts: 
 (i) shall be deemed to have occurred on the date on which the last of those Highly Compensated
Participants with Excess Contributions to be recharacterized is notified of the recharacterization and the tax consequences of such recharacterization; 
 (ii) shall not exceed the amount of Elective Deferrals on behalf of any Highly Compensated Participant for any Plan Year; 
 (iii) shall be treated as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) and Regulation 1.401(k)-1(b). However, for purposes of Sections 4.3(f) and 9.2 (top heavy
rules), recharacterized Excess Contributions continue to be treated as Employer contributions that are Elective Deferrals. Excess Contributions (and “Income” attributable to such amounts) recharacterized as after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions shall continue to be nonforfeitable and subject to the same distribution rules provided for in Section 12.2(c); and 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 70 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (iv) are not permitted if the amount recharacterized plus after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions actually made by such Highly Compensated Participant, exceed the maximum amount of after-tax voluntary Employee contributions (determined prior to application of Section 12.6) that such Highly Compensated Participant is permitted
to make under the Plan in the absence of recharacterization. 
 (3) Any distribution and/or recharacterization of less than the
entire amount of Excess Contributions shall be treated as a pro rata distribution and/or recharacterization of Excess Contributions and “Income.” 
 (4) For the purpose of this Section, “Income” means the income or losses allocable to Excess Contributions, which amount shall be allocated at the same time and in the same manner as income or
losses are allocated pursuant to Section 4.3(c). However, “Income” for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution (the “gap period”) is not required to be distributed. 
 (5) Excess Contributions shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of Code Sections 404 and 415 even if distributed from the
Plan. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the above, within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year (or, if the
Prior Year Testing method is used, within twelve (12) months after the end of the prior Plan Year), the Employer may make a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution in accordance with one of the following
provisions which contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account or Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Non-Highly Compensated Participant eligible to share in the allocation in accordance with such
provision. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with written notification of the amount of the contribution being made and to which provision it relates. 
 (1) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set
forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year (or prior year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) bears to the
total 414(s) Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants for such year. 
 (2) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion
that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year (or prior year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants for such year.
However, for purposes of this contribution, Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) and, if this is a standardized
Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time Method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and
shall be disregarded. 
 (3) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants
in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). 
 (4) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or
to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). However, for purposes of this contribution, Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are not
employed at the end of the Plan Year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive
calendar months if the Elapsed Time Method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 71 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (5) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly
Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account of the
Non-Highly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied), or until such Non-Highly Compensated Participant has received the
maximum “Annual Addition” pursuant to Section 4.4. This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied). 
 (6) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or
to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s)
Compensation, until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied), or until such Non-Highly Compensated Participant has received the maximum “Annual Addition” pursuant to Section 4.4.
This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied). However, for purposes of this contribution, Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of
the Plan Year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the
Elapsed Time Method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (7) A Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth
in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Non-Highly Compensated Participant in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferrals for
the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants. 
 (8) A Qualified Matching
Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated to the
Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Non-Highly Compensated Participant in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Non-Highly
Compensated Participants. However, for purposes of this contribution, Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) and, if
this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time Method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share
in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (9) A Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly
Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of the
Non-Highly Compensated Participant having the lowest Elective Deferrals until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied), or until such Non-Highly Compensated Participant has received the maximum
“Annual Addition” pursuant to Section 4.4. This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied). 
 (10) A Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to
prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant having the lowest Elective Deferrals
until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied), or until such Non-Highly Compensated Participant has received the maximum “Annual Addition” pursuant to Section 4.4. This process
shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied). However, for purposes of this contribution, Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year
(or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time
Method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 72 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (d) Any Excess Contributions (and “Income”) which are
distributed on or after 2 1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year shall be subject to the ten percent (10%) Employer excise tax imposed by Code Section 4979. 
  

	12.6	ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS 

 (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, this subsection applies if the Prior Year Testing method is elected in the Adoption Agreement. The “Actual Contribution Percentage” (hereinafter
“ACP”) for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees (hereinafter “HCEs”) for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees (hereinafter “NHCEs”) for the
prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests: 
 (1) The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are HCEs for the
Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were NHCEs for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or 
 (2) The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are HCEs for the Plan Year shall not exceed the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were NHCEs for the prior Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ACP for Participants who are
HCEs does not exceed the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were NHCEs in the prior Plan Year by more than two (2) percentage points. 
 Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of applying the foregoing tests with respect to the first Plan Year in which the Plan permits any Participant to make Employee contributions, provides for matching
contributions, or both, the ACP for the prior year’s NHCEs shall be deemed to be three percent (3%) unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current Plan Year’s ACP for these Participants. However, the
provisions of this paragraph may not be used if the Plan is a successor plan or is otherwise prohibited from using such provisions pursuant to IRS Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance). 
 (b) Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Current Year Testing method is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the ACP tests in
(a)(1) and (a)(2), above shall be applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who are HCEs with the current Plan Year’s ACP (rather than the prior Plan Year’s ACP) for Participants who are NHCEs for the current
Plan Year. Once made, this election can only be changed if the Plan meets the requirements for changing to the Prior Year Testing method set forth in IRS Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance). Furthermore, this Plan must use the same testing method
for both the ADP and ACP tests for Plan Years beginning on or after the date the Employer adopts its GUST restated plan. 
 (c) This subsection applies to prevent the multiple use of the test set forth in subsection (a)(2) above. Any HCE eligible to make Elective Deferrals pursuant to Section 12.2 and to make after-tax
voluntary Employee contributions or to receive matching contributions under this Plan or under any other plan maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, shall have either the actual deferral ratio adjusted in the manner described in
Section 12.5 or the actual contribution ratio reduced in the manner described in Section 12.7 so that the “Aggregate Limit” is not exceeded pursuant to Regulation 1.401(m)-2. The amounts in excess of the “Aggregate
Limit” shall be treated as either an Excess Contribution or an Excess Aggregate Contribution. The ADP and ACP of the HCEs are determined after any corrections required to meet the ADP and ACP tests and are deemed to be the maximum permitted
under such test for the Plan Year. Multiple use does not occur if either the ADP or ACP of the HCEs does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the NHCEs. 
 “Aggregate Limit” means the sum of (i) 125 percent of the greater of the ADP of the NHCEs for the Plan Year or the ACP of such NHCEs under the plan subject to Code Section 401(m) for
the Plan Year beginning with or within the prior Plan Year of the cash or deferred arrangement and (ii) the lesser of 200% or two plus the lesser of such ADP or ACP. “Lesser” is substituted for “greater” in (i) above,
and “greater” is substituted for “lesser” after “two plus the” in (ii) above if it would result in a larger Aggregate Limit. If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the Current Year Testing
method, then in calculating the “Aggregate Limit” for a particular Plan Year, the NHCEs ADP and ACP for that Plan Year, instead of the prior Plan Year, is used. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 73 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (d) A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan
Year if the Participant meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Non-highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if the Participant does not meet the definition of a
Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. 
 (e) For the purposes of this Section and
Section 12.7, ACP for a specific group of Participants for a Plan Year means the average of the “Contribution Percentages” (calculated separately for each Participant in such group). For this purpose, “Contribution
Percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Participant’s “Contribution Percentage Amounts” to the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation. The actual contribution ratio for each Participant and the ACP for each
group, shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent of the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation. 
 (f) “Contribution Percentage Amounts” means the sum of (i) after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, (ii) Employer “Matching Contributions” made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2) (including Qualified
Matching Contributions to the extent such Qualified Matching Contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section 12.4), (iii) Excess Contributions recharacterized as nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions pursuant
to Section 12.5, and (iv) Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (to the extent not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section 12.4). However, “Contribution Percentage Amounts” shall not include “Matching
Contributions” that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or due to Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Regulations thereunder because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions,
or Excess Aggregate Contributions. In addition, “Contribution Percentage Amounts” may include Elective Deferrals provided the ADP test in Section 12.4 is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP test and continues to be
met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP test. 
 (g) For purposes
of determining the ACP and the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions pursuant to Section 12.7, only Employer “Matching Contributions” (excluding “Matching Contributions” forfeited or distributed pursuant to
Section 12.2(e), 12.5(b), or 12.7(b)) contributed to the Plan prior to the end of the succeeding Plan Year shall be considered. In addition, the Administrator may elect to take into account, with respect to Employees eligible to have Employer
“Matching Contributions” made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2) or after-tax voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.7 allocated to their accounts, elective deferrals (as defined in Regulation 1.402(g)-1(b)) and
qualified non-elective contributions (as defined in Code Section 401(m)(4)(C)) contributed to any plan maintained by the Employer. Such elective deferrals and qualified non-elective contributions shall be treated as Employer matching
contributions subject to Regulation 1.401(m)-1(b)(2) which is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan Year must be the same as the plan year of the plan to which the elective deferrals and the qualified non-elective contributions are made.

 (h) In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4), 401(m), or 410(b) only
if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the ACP of Employees as if all such
plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code section 401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year. 
 Any adjustments to the NHCE ACP for the prior year will be made in accordance with IRS Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the
Current Year Testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method. 
 (i) For the purposes of this Section, if an HCE is a Participant under two (2) or more plans (other than an employee
stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) which are maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer to which “Matching Contributions,” nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions, or both, are made, all such
contributions on behalf of such HCE shall be aggregated for purposes of determining such HCP’s actual contribution ratio. However, if the plans have different plan years, this paragraph shall be applied by treating all plans ending with or
within the same calendar year as a single plan. 
 (j) For purposes of this Section and Section 12.7, a
Highly Compensated Participant and a Non-Highly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee eligible to have “Matching Contributions” made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2) (whether or not a deferral election was made or suspended
pursuant to Section 12.2(g)) allocated to such Participant’s account for the Plan Year or to make salary deferrals pursuant to Section 12.2 (if the Employer uses salary deferrals to satisfy the provisions of this Section) or after-tax
voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 4.7 (whether or not nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions are made) allocated to the Participant’s account for the Plan Year. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 74 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (k) For purposes of this Section and Section 12.7, “Matching
Contribution” means an Employer contribution made to the Plan, or to a contract described in Code Section 403(b), on behalf of a Participant on account of a nondeductible voluntary Employee contribution made by such Participant, or on
account of a Participant’s elective deferrals under a plan maintained by the Employer. 
 (l) For purposes
of determining the ACP and the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions pursuant to Section 12.7, only Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, “Matching Contributions” and Qualified Matching Contributions contributed
to the Plan prior to the end of the twelve (12) month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate shall be considered. 
 (m) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the provisions of this Section and Section 12.7 may be
applied separately (or will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations) to each “plan” within the meaning of Regulation 1.401(k)-1(g)(11). Furthermore, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, the provisions
of Code Section 401(k)(3)(F) may be used to exclude from consideration all Non-Highly Compensated Employees who have not satisfied the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A). 
  

	12.7	ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS 

 (a) In the event (or, with respect to subsection (g) below when the Prior Year Testing method is being used, if it is anticipated) that for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the Plan
does not satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6, the Administrator shall adjust Excess Aggregate Contributions or the Employer shall make contributions pursuant to the options set forth below or any combination thereof. However, if
the Prior Year testing method is being used and it is anticipated that the Plan might not satisfy one of such tests, then the Employer may make contributions pursuant to the options set forth in subsection (c) below. 
 (b) On or before the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of the Plan Year, but in no event later than the
close of the following Plan Year the Highly Compensated Participant having the largest allocation of “Contribution Percentage Amounts” shall have a portion of such “Contribution Percentage Amounts” (and “Income”
allocable to such amounts) distributed or, if non-Vested, Forfeited (including “Income” allocable to such Forfeitures) until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been distributed, or until the amount of the
Participant’s “Contribution Percentage Amounts” equals the “Contribution Percentage Amounts” of the Highly Compensated Participant having the next largest amount of “Contribution Percentage Amounts.” This process
shall continue until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been distributed or forfeited. Any distribution and/or Forfeiture of “Contribution Percentage Amounts” shall be made in the following order: 
 (1) Employer matching contributions distributed and/or forfeited pursuant to Section 12.5(b)(1); 
 (2) After-tax voluntary Employee contributions including Excess Contributions recharacterized as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions
pursuant to Section 12.5(b)(2); 
 (3) Remaining Employer matching contributions. 
 (c) Any distribution or Forfeiture of less than the entire amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and “Income”)
shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions and “Income.” Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and
“Income”). Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated in accordance with Section 4.3. However, no such Forfeiture may be allocated to a Highly Compensated Participant whose contributions are reduced pursuant to
this Section. 
 (d) For the purpose of this Section, “Income” means the income or losses allocable to
Excess Aggregate Contributions, which amount shall be allocated at the same time and in the same manner as income or losses are allocated pursuant to Section 4.3(c). However, “Income” for the period between the end of the Plan Year
and the date of the distribution (the “gap period”) is not required to be distributed. 
 (e) Excess
Aggregate Contributions attributable to amounts other than nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions, including forfeited matching contributions, shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of Code Sections 404 and 415 even if
distributed from the Plan. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 75 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (f) The determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions
with respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first determining the Excess Contributions, if any, to be treated as nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization for the plan year of any other qualified cash or deferred
arrangement (as defined in Code Section 401(k)) maintained by the Employer that ends with or within the Plan Year or which are treated as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization pursuant to Section 12.5.

 (g) Notwithstanding the above, within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year (or, if the Prior
Year Testing method is used, within twelve (12) months after the end of the prior Plan Year), the Employer may make a special Qualified Non-Elective Contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution in accordance with one of the following
provisions which contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account or Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Non-Highly Compensated eligible to share in the allocation in accordance with such provision. The
Employer shall provide the Administrator with written notification of the amount of the contribution being made and for which provision it is being made pursuant to. 
 (1) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set
forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year (or prior year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) bears to the
total 414(s) Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants for such year. 
 (2) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion
that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year (or prior year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants for such year.
However, for purposes of this contribution, Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) and, if this is a standardized
Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time Method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and
shall be disregarded. 
 (3) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants
in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). 
 (4) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or
to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). However, for purposes of this contribution, Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are not
employed at the end of the Plan Year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive
calendar months if the Elapsed Time Method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (5) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or
to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s)
Compensation, until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied), or until such Non-Highly Compensated Participant has received the maximum “Annual Addition” pursuant to Section 4.4.
This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied). 
 (6) A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such
contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6 is satisfied (or is anticipated
to be satisfied), or until such Non-Highly Compensated Participant has received the maximum “Annual Addition” pursuant to Section 4.4. This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6 is satisfied (or
is anticipated to be satisfied). However, for purposes of this

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 76 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 
contribution, Non-Highly Compensated Employees who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) and, if this
is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time Method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in
the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (7) A “Matching Contribution” may be made on behalf of Non-Highly
Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated on behalf of each Non-Highly Compensated Participant in the
same proportion that each Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants. The Employer shall designate, at the time the contribution is made,
whether the contribution made pursuant to this provision shall be a Qualified Matching Contribution allocated to a Participant’s Qualified Matching Contribution Account or an Employer Non-Elective Contribution allocated to a Participant’s
Non-Elective Account. 
 (8) A “Matching Contribution” may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in
an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such contribution shall be allocated on behalf of each Non-Highly Compensated Participant in the same proportion that each
Non-Highly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Non-Highly Compensated Participants. The Employer shall designate, at the time the contribution is made, whether the contribution
made pursuant to this provision shall be a Qualified Matching Contribution allocated to a Participant’s Qualified Matching Contribution Account or an Employer Non-Elective Contribution allocated to a Participant’s Non-Elective Account.
However, for purposes of this contribution, Non-Highly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) and, if this is a standardized
Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time Method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and
shall be disregarded. 
 (9) A “Matching Contribution” may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in
an amount sufficient to satisfy (or to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated on behalf of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant having the lowest Elective Deferrals
until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied), or until such Non-Highly Compensated Participant has received the maximum “Annual Addition” pursuant to Section 4.4. This process
shall continue until one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied). The Employer shall designate, at the time the contribution is made, whether the contribution made pursuant to this provision shall
be a Qualified Matching Contribution allocated to a Participant’s Qualified Matching Contribution Account or an Employer Non-Elective Contribution allocated to a Participant’s Non-Elective Account. 
 (10) A “Matching Contribution” may be made on behalf of Non-Highly Compensated Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy (or
to prevent an anticipated failure of) one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Such contribution shall be allocated on behalf of the Non-Highly Compensated Participant having the lowest Elective Deferrals until one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.4 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied), or until such Non-Highly Compensated Participant has received the maximum “Annual Addition” pursuant to Section 4.4. This process shall continue until one of the
tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied (or is anticipated to be satisfied). The Employer shall designate, at the time the contribution is made, whether the contribution made pursuant to this provision shall be a Qualified Matching
Contribution allocated to a Participant’s Qualified Matching Contribution Account or an Employer Non-Elective Contribution allocated to a Participant’s Non-Elective Account. However, for purposes of this contribution, Non-Highly
Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year (or at the end of the prior Plan Year if the Prior Year Testing method is being used) and, if this is a standardized Plan, who have not completed more than 500 Hours of
Service (or three (3) consecutive calendar months if the Elapsed Time Method is selected in the Adoption Agreement) during such Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded. 
 (h) Any Excess Aggregate Contributions (and “Income”) which are distributed on or after 2 1/2 months after the
end of the Plan Year shall be subject to the ten percent (10%) Employer excise tax imposed by Code Section 4979. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 77 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

	12.8	SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS 

 (a) The provisions of this Section will apply if the Employer has elected, in the Adoption Agreement, to use the “ADP Test Safe Harbor” or “ACP Test Safe Harbor.” If the Employer has
elected to use the “ADP Test Safe Harbor” for a Plan Year, then the provisions relating to the ADP test described in Section 12.4 and in Code Section 401(k)(3) do not apply for such Plan Year. In addition, if the Employer has
also elected to use the “ACP Test Safe Harbor” for a Plan Year, then the provisions relating to the ACP test described in Section 12.6 and in Code Section 401(m)(2) do not apply for such Plan Year. Furthermore, to the extent any
other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section, the provisions of this Section will govern. 
 (b) For purposes of this Section, the following definitions apply: 
 (1) “ACP
Test Safe Harbor” means the method described in subsection (c) below for satisfying the ACP test of Code Section 401(m)(2). 
 (2) “ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions” means “Matching Contributions” described in subsection 12.8(d)(1). 
 (3) “ADP Test Safe Harbor” means the method described in subsection (c) for satisfying the ADP test of Code
Section 401(k)(3). 
 (4) “ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions” means “Matching Contributions” and
nonelective contributions described in subsection (c)(1) below. 
 (5) “Compensation” means Compensation as defined in
Section 1.11, except, for purposes of this Section, no dollar limit, other than the limit imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17), applies to the Compensation of a Non-Highly Compensated Employee. However, solely for purposes of determining the
Compensation subject to a Participant’s deferral election, the Employer may use an alternative definition to the one described in the preceding sentence, provided such alternative definition is a reasonable definition within the meaning of
Regulation 1.414(s)-1(d)(2) and permits each Participant to elect sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the maximum amount of “Matching Contributions” (determined using the definition of Compensation described in the preceding sentence)
available to the Participant under the Plan. 
 (6) “Eligible Participant” means a Participant who is eligible to make
Elective Deferrals under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year (or who would be eligible to make Elective Deferrals but for a suspension due to a hardship distribution described in Section 12.9 or to statutory limitations, such as Code
Sections 402(g) and 415) and who is not excluded as an “Eligible Participant” under the 401(k) Safe Harbor elections in the Adoption Agreement. 
 (7) “Matching Contributions” means contributions made by the Employer on account of an “Eligible Participant’s” Elective Deferrals. 
 (c) The provisions of this subsection apply for purposes of satisfying the “ADP Test Safe Harbor.” 
 (1) The “ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution” is the contribution elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement to be used to
satisfy the “ADP Test Safe Harbor.” However, if no contribution is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer will contribute to the Plan for the Plan Year a “Basic Matching Contribution” on behalf of each “Eligible
Employee.” The “Basic Matching Contribution” is equal to (i) one-hundred percent (100%) of the amount of an “Eligible Participant’s” Elective Deferrals that do not exceed three percent (3%) of the
Participant’s “Compensation” for the Plan Year, plus (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals that exceed three percent (3%) of the Participant’s “Compensation”
but do not exceed five percent (5%) of the Participant’s “Compensation.” 
 (2) Except as provided in
subsection (e) below, for purposes of the Plan, a Basic Matching Contribution or an Enhanced Matching Contribution will be treated as a Qualified Matching Contribution and a Nonelective Safe Harbor Contribution will be treated as a Qualified
Non-Elective Contribution. Accordingly, the “ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution” will be fully Vested and subject to the distribution restrictions set forth in Section 12.2(c) (i.e., may generally not be distributed earlier than
separation from service, death, disability, an event described in Section 401(k)(1), or, in case of a profit sharing plan, the attainment of age 59 1/2.). In addition, such contributions must satisfy the “ADP Test Safe Harbor” without
regard to permitted disparity under Code Section 401(l). 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 78 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (3) At least thirty (30) days, but not more than ninety (90) days, before the
beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer will provide each “Eligible Participant” a comprehensive notice of the Participant’s rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average
Participant. However, if an Employee becomes eligible after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notice for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than ninety (90) days before the Employee
becomes eligible but not later than the date the Employee becomes eligible. 
 (4) In addition to any other election periods
provided under the Plan, each “Eligible Participant” may make or modify a deferral election during the thirty (30) day period immediately following receipt of the notice described in subsection (3) above. Furthermore, if the
“ADP Test Safe Harbor” is a “Matching Contribution” each “Eligible Employee” must be permitted to elect sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the maximum amount of “Matching Contributions” available to the
Participant under the Plan. 
 (d) The provisions of this subsection apply if the Employer has elected to satisfy
the “ACP Test Safe Harbor.” 
 (1) In addition to the “ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions,” the Employer will
make any “Matching Contributions” in accordance with elections made in the Adoption Agreement. Such additional “Matching Contributions” will be considered “ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.” 
 (2) Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary, an “Eligible Participant’s” Elective Deferrals in
excess of six percent (6%) of “Compensation” may not be taken into account in applying “ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.” In addition, effective with respect to Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1999,
any portion of an “ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution” attributable to a discretionary “Matching Contribution” may not exceed four percent (4%) of an “Eligible Participant’s” “Compensation.”

 (e) The Plan is required to satisfy the ACP test of Code Section 401(m)(2), using the current year
testing method, if the Plan permits after-tax voluntary Employee contributions or if matching contributions that do not satisfy the “ACP Test Safe Harbor” may be made to the Plan. In such event, only “ADP Test Safe Harbor
Contributions” or “ACP Test Safe Harbor Contributions” that exceed the amount needed to satisfy the “ADP Test Harbor” or “ACP Test Safe Harbor” (if the Employer has elected to use the “ACP Test Safe
Harbor”) may be treated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions in applying the ACP test. In addition, in applying the ACP test, elective contributions may not treated as matching contributions under Code
Section 401(m)(3). Furthermore, in applying the ACP test, the Employer may elect to disregard with respect to all “Eligible Participants” (1) all “Matching Contributions” if the only “Matching Contributions”
made to the Plan satisfy the “ADP Test Safe Harbor Contribution” (the “Basic Matching Contribution” or the “Enhanced Matching Contribution”) and (2) if the “ACP Test Safe Harbor” is satisfied,
“Matching Contributions” that do not exceed four percent (4%) of each Participant’s “Compensation.” 
  

	12.9	ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP 

 (a) The Administrator, at the election of a Participant, shall direct the Trustee to distribute to the Participant in any one Plan Year up to the lesser of (1) 100% of the accounts as elected in the
Adoption Agreement valued as of the last Valuation Date or (2) the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be made as of the first
day of the Plan Year or, if later, the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of distribution, and the account from which the distribution is made shall be reduced accordingly. Withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if the
distribution is for one of the following or any other item permitted under Regulation 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iv): 
 (1) Medical
expenses described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or any of the Participant’s dependents (as defined in Code Section 152) or necessary for these persons to obtain medical care as
described in Code Section 213(d); 
 (2) Costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
residence for the Participant; 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 79 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (3) Payment of tuition and related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for
the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152); or 
 (4) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant’s principal residence or foreclosure on the
mortgage on that residence. 
 (b) No distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section unless the
Administrator, based upon the Participant’s representation and such other facts as are known to the Administrator, determines that all of the following conditions are satisfied: 
 (1) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant (including any amounts
necessary to pay any federal, state, or local taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution); 
 (2)
The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer (to the extent the loan would not increase the hardship); 
 (3) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant’s elective deferrals and nondeductible
voluntary Employee contributions will be suspended for at least twelve (12) months after receipt of the hardship distribution; and 
 (4) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant may not make elective deferrals for the Participant’s taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the hardship distribution in excess
of the applicable limit under Code Section 402(g) for such next taxable year less the amount of such Participant’s elective deferrals for the taxable year of the hardship distribution. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the above, distributions from the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching
Contribution Account and Qualified Non-Elective Account pursuant to this Section shall be limited solely to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals and any income attributable thereto credited to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account as
of December 31, 1988. Furthermore, if a hardship distribution is permitted from more than one account type, the Administrator may determine any ordering of a Participant’s hardship distribution from such accounts. 
 (d) Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the
provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. 
 ARTICLE XIII 
 SIMPLE 401(K) PROVISIONS 
  

	13.1	SIMPLE 401(k) PROVISIONS 

 (a) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, this Plan is intended to be a SIMPLE 401(k) plan which satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(11) and 401(m)(10). 
 (b) The provisions of this Article apply for a “year” only if the following conditions are met: 
 (1) The Employer adopting this Plan is an “eligible employer.” An “eligible employer” means, with respect to any
“year,” an Employer that had no more than 100 Employees who received at least $5,000 of “compensation” from the Employer for the preceding “year.” In applying the preceding sentence, all employees of an Affiliated
Employer are taken into account. 
 An “eligible employer” that has elected to use the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions but
fails to be an “eligible employer” for any subsequent “year,” is treated as an “eligible employer” for the two (2) “years” following the last “year” the Employer was an “eligible
employer.” If the failure is due to any acquisition, disposition, or similar transaction involving an “eligible employer,” the preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i) are satisfied.

  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 80 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (2) No contributions are made, or benefits accrued for services during the
“year,” on behalf of any “eligible employee” under any other plan, contract, pension, or trust described in Code Section 219(g)(5)(A) or (B), maintained by the Employer. 
 (c) To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this Article, the provisions of
this Article govern. 
  

	13.2	DEFINITIONS 

 (a) “Compensation” means, for purposes of this Article, the sum of the wages, tips, and other compensation from the Employer subject to federal income tax withholding (as described in Code Section 6051(a)(3)) and the
Employee’s salary reduction contributions made under this or any other 401(k) plan, and, if applicable, elective deferrals under a Code Section 408(p) SIMPLE plan, a SARSEP, or a Code Section 403(b) annuity contract and compensation
deferred under a Code Section 457 plan, required to be reported by the Employer on Form W-2 (as described in Code Section 6051(a)(8)). For self-employed individuals, “compensation” means net earnings from self-employment
determined under Code Section 1402(a) prior to subtracting any contributions made under this Plan on behalf of the individual. The provisions of the plan implementing the limit on Compensation under Code Section 401(a)(17) apply to the
“compensation” under this Article. 
 (b) “Eligible employee” means, for purposes of this
Article, any Participant who is entitled to make elective deferrals described in Code Section 402(g) under the terms of the Plan. 
 (c) “Year” means the calendar year. 
  

	13.3	CONTRIBUTIONS 

 (a) Salary Reduction Contributions 
 (1) Each “eligible employee” may make a salary reduction election to
have “compensation” reduced for the “year” in any amount selected by the Employee subject to the limitation in subsection (c) below. The Employer will make a salary reduction contribution to the Plan, as an Elective
Deferral, in the amount by which the Employee’s “compensation” has been reduced. 
 (2) The total salary reduction
contribution for the “year” cannot exceed $6,000 for any Employee. To the extent permitted by law, this amount will be adjusted to reflect any annual cost-of-living increases announced by the IRS. 
 (b) Other Contributions 
 (1) Matching Contributions. Unless (2) below is elected, each “year” the Employer will make a matching contribution to the Plan on behalf of each Employee who makes a salary reduction
election under Section 13.3(a). The amount of the matching contribution will be equal to the Employee’s salary reduction contribution up to a limit of three percent (3%) of the Employee’s “compensation” for the full
“year.” 
 (2) Nonelective Contributions. For any “year,” instead of a matching contribution, the Employer
may elect to contribute a nonelective contribution of two percent (2%) of “compensation” for the “year” for each “eligible employee” who received at least $5,000 of “compensation” from the Employer for
the “year.” 
 (c) Limitation on Other Contributions 
 No Employer or Employee contributions may be made to this Plan for the “year” other than salary reduction contributions described
in Section 13.3(a), matching or nonelective contributions described in Section 13.3(b) and rollover contributions described in Regulation Section 1.402(c)-2, Q&A-1(a). Furthermore, the provisions of Section 4.4 which
implement the limitations of Code Section 415 apply to contributions made pursuant to this Section. 
  

	13.4	ELECTION AND NOTICE REQUIREMENTS 

 (a) Election Period 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 81 

 Cross-Tested Defined Contribution Plan 
  

 (1) In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each
“eligible employee” may make or modify a salary reduction election during the 60-day period immediately preceding each January 1st. 
 (2) For the “year” an Employee becomes eligible to make salary reduction contributions under this Article, the 60-day election period requirement of subsection (a)(1) is deemed satisfied if the
Employee may make or modify a salary reduction election during a 60-day period that includes either the date the Employee becomes eligible or the day before. 
 (3) Each “eligible employee” may terminate a salary reduction election at any time during the “year.” 
 (b) Notice Requirements 
 (1) The Employer will notify each “eligible employee” prior to the 60-day election period described in Section 13.4(a) that a salary reduction election or a modification to a prior election
may be made during that period. 
 (2) The notification described in (1) above will indicate whether the Employer will
provide a matching contribution described in Section 13.3(b)(1) or a two percent (2%) nonelective contribution described in section 13.3(b)(2). 
  

	13.5	VESTING REQUIREMENTS 

 All
benefits attributable to contributions made pursuant to this Article are nonforfeitable at all times, and all previous contributions made under the Plan are nonforfeitable as of the beginning of the Plan Year that the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions apply.

  

	13.6	TOP-HEAVY RULES 

 The Plan
is not treated as a top heavy plan under Code Section 416 for any year for which the provisions of this Article are effective and satisfied. 
  

	13.7	NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS 

 The Plan is treated as meeting the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3)(A)(ii) and 401(m)(2) for any “year” for which the provisions of this Article are effective and satisfied. Accordingly, Sections 12.4, 12.5, 12.6 and 12.7
shall not apply to the Plan. 
  

 © 2004 SunGard Corbel Inc. 
 82Amendment for Merging Defined Contribution Plan

 Exhibit 4.10 
 RESOLUTIONS FOR BANK OF FLORIDA CORPORATION FOR PLAN MERGER - 
 OLD FLORIDA BANK SAVINGS PLAN INTO 
 BANK OF FLORIDA CORPORATION 401(K) PLAN 
 WHEREAS, this banking corporation has previously adopted the Bank of Florida Corporation 401(k) Plan (“Recipient Plan”); and 
 WHEREAS, this banking corporation is also the sponsor of the Old Florida Bank Savings Plan (“Transferor Plan”) which is to be merged into the
Recipient Plan. 
 BE IT RESOLVED, that the merger of the Transferor Plan into the Recipient Plan effective as of July 1
st, 2007 is hereby approved. 
 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that each participant in the Transferor Plan shall become a participant in the Recipient Plan, and that all service with Old Florida
Bank Corporation shall be counted for eligibility and vesting purposes under the Recipient Plan. 
 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the
participants in the Transferor Plan shall continue to have the actual time method used in the Transferor Plan applied in determining their eligibility, benefit accrual and vesting in the Recipient Plan for the 2007 Plan Year, and the Recipient Plan
is hereby so amended. 
 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, participants whose accounts are being transferred from the Transferor Plan to the Recipient
Plan shall continue to have the option of retiring at the Early Retirement Age of age 55 without the additional requirement that they complete 5 years of service to achieve 100% vesting, and the Recipient Plan is hereby amended to include this
provision for those participants who were participants in the Transferor Plan. 
 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that each such participant’s
benefit which is transferred from the Transferor Plan to the Recipient Plan shall be equal to the value of the participant’s accrued benefit in this corporation’s Plan. 
 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that each participant whose account is being transferred from the Transferor Plan shall continue to vest in his or her accounts under the vesting schedule provided in the Recipient
Plan, with all transferred accounts being vested at the same initial percentage in the Recipient Plan as in the Transferor Plan. 
 BE IT
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the president of this corporation, and the trustees of the Plan, are authorized and directed to execute a merger agreement with the trustee of the Recipient Plan to effectuate the merger. 
 BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that any subsequent amendments made to the Recipient Plan shall apply to both the Recipient Plan and the Transferor Plan.

 AMENDMENT FOR MERGING DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN 
 BANK OF FLORIDA CORPORATION, as successor Employer sponsor (“Employer”), adopts this Amendment to the OLD FLORIDA BANK SAVINGS
PLAN (“Plan”). 
 RECITALS: 
 WHEREAS, the Employer has decided to merge this Plan with the Bank of Florida Corporation 401(k) Plan; and 
 WHEREAS, recent law changes, including the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA”), affect the Plan; and 
 WHEREAS, the Plan gives the Employer the authority to make amendments to the Plan, and the law requires that the Plan be updated for all laws in effect as of the date of the Plan’s merger;

 NOW, THEREFORE, the Employer amends the Plan by adding the following provisions to the Plan: 
 ARTICLE I 
 PREAMBLE 
  

	1.1	Adoption and effective date of Amendment. The Employer adopts this Amendment to the Plan to reflect recent law changes. This Amendment is effective as
indicated below for the respective provisions. 

  

	1.2	Superseding of inconsistent provisions. This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions
of this Amendment. 

  

	1.3	Employer’s election. The Employer adopts all Articles of this Amendment, except those Articles which the Employer specifically elects at the end of the
Article not to adopt. 

  

	1.4	Construction. Any “Section” reference in this Amendment refers only to this Amendment, and is not a reference to the Plan. The Article and Section
numbering in this Amendment is solely for purposes of this Amendment, and does not relate to the Plan article, section or other numbering designations. 

 ARTICLE II 
 NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION VESTING 
  

	2.1	Post-2006 plan year vesting for all nonelective contributions. Effective for plan years beginning after December 31, 2006, for any participant who
completes at least one hour of service in a plan year beginning after December 31, 2006, the following vesting schedule will apply, as the Employer elects in this Section 2.1. Unless the Employer elects Section 2.2, this vesting
schedule also will apply to all nonelective contributions subject to a vesting schedule, including nonelective contributions allocated under the Plan terms as of a date in a plan year beginning before January 1, 2007

  

 1 

	 	a.   ̈  	6-year graded. The Plan will apply the following graded vesting schedule to all nonelective contributions: 

  

				
	 Years of Vesting Service
	  	Vested Percentage	 
	 2
	  	20	% 
	 3
	  	40	% 
	 4
	  	60	% 
	 5
	  	80	% 
	 6
	  	100	% 

  

	 	b.   ̈  	3-year cliff. All nonelective contributions will be 100% vested upon a participant’s completion of 3 years of vesting service. 

  

	 	c.   ̈  	Other. A participant will vest in all nonelective contributions as follows 

  

				
	 Years of Vesting Service
	  	Vested Percentage	 
	         _____
	  	        	% 
	         _____
	  	        	% 
	         _____
	  	        	% 
	         _____
	  	        	% 
	         _____
	  	        	% 

  

	2.2   ̈  	No application to pre-2007 nonelective contributions: bifurcated schedule. The vesting schedule the Employer elects in Section 2.1 will apply only to
nonelective contributions subject to a vesting schedule for plan years beginning after December 31, 2006. 

  

	2.3  x  	Article II is not adopted. The Plan, prior to the adoption of this Amendment, had a vesting schedule for any nonelective contributions that is at least as
favorable as PPA requires. 

 ARTICLE III 
 PARTICIPANT DISTRIBUTION NOTIFICATION 
  

	3.1	180-day notification period. For any distribution notice issued in plan years beginning after December 31, 2006, any reference to the 90-day maximum
notice period prior to distribution in applying the notice requirements of Code §§402(f) (the rollover notice), 411(a)(11) (participant’s consent to distribution), and 417 (notice under the joint and survivor annuity rules), will
become 180 days. 

  

	3.2	Notice of right to defer distribution. For any distribution notice issued in plan years beginning after December 31, 2006, the description of a
participant’s right, if any, to defer receipt of a distribution also will describe the consequences of failing to defer receipt of the distribution. For notices issued before the 90th day after the issuance of Treasury regulations (unless
future Revenue Service guidance otherwise requires), the notice will include: (i) a description indicating the investment options available under the Plan (including fees) that will be available if the participant defers distribution; and
(ii) the portion of the summary plan description that contains any special rules that might affect materially a participant’s decision to defer. 

 ARTICLE IV 
 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS 
  

	4.1	Permissible QDROs. Effective April 6, 2007, a domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies the requirements for a qualified domestic relations order
(“QDRO”) will not fail to be a QDRO: (i) solely because the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or QDRO; or (ii) solely because of the time at which the order is issued, including issuance after
the annuity starting date or after the participant’s death. 

  

	4.2	Other QDRO requirements apply. A domestic relations order described in Section 4.1 is subject to the same requirements and protections that apply to QDROs.

  

 2 

 ARTICLE V 
 ROLLOVER OF AFTER-TAX/ROTH AMOUNTS 
  

	5.1	Direct rollover to qualified plan/403(b) plan. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006, a participant may elect to transfer employee
(after-tax) or Roth elective deferral contributions by means of a direct rollover to a qualified plan or to a
 403(b) plan that agrees to account separately for amounts so transferred, including accounting separately for the portion of such
distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not includible in gross income. 

 ARTICLE VI 
 DIVESTMENT OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES 
  

	6.1	Rule applicable to elective deferrals and employee contributions. For plan years beginning after December 31, 2006, if any portion of the account of a
participant (including, for purposes of this Article VI, a beneficiary entitled to exercise the rights of a participant) attributable to elective deferrals or employee contributions is invested in publicly-traded Employer securities, the participant
may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities, and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options which satisfy the requirements of Section 6.3. 

  

	6.2	Rule applicable to Employer contributions. If any portion of a participant’s account attributable to nonelective or matching contributions is invested in
publicly-traded Employer securities, then a participant who has completed at least 3 years of vesting service, or a beneficiary of any deceased participant entitled to exercise the right of a participant, may elect to direct the Plan to divest any
such securities, and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options which satisfy the requirements of Section 6.3. 

  

	 	6.2.1  	Three-year phase-in applicable to Employer contributions. For Employer securities acquired with nonelective or matching contributions during a plan year
beginning before January 1, 2007, the rule described in this Section 6.2 only applies to the percentage of the Employer securities (applied separately for each class of securities) as follows: 

  

				
	 Plan Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2007
	  	33	% 
	 2008
	  	66	% 
	 2009
	  	100	% 

  

	 	6.2.2  	Exception to phase-in for certain age 55 participants. The 3-year phase-in rule of Section 6.2.1 does not apply to a participant who has attained age 55 and
who has completed at least 3 years of service before the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2005. 

  

	6.3	Investment options. For purposes of this Article VI, other investment options must include not less than 3 investment options, other than Employer securities, to
which the participant may direct the proceeds of divestment of Employer securities required by this Article VI, each of which options is diversified and has materially different risk and return characteristics. The Plan must provide reasonable
divestment and reinvestment opportunities at least quarterly. Except as provided in regulations, the Plan may not impose restrictions or conditions on the investment of Employer securities which the Plan does not impose on the investment of other
Plan assets, other than restrictions or conditions imposed by reason of the application of securities laws or a condition permitted under Notice 2006-107 or other applicable guidance. 

  

 3 

	6.4	Exceptions for certain plans. This Article VI does not apply to a one-participant plan, as defined in Code §401(a)(35)(E)(iv), or to an employee stock
ownership plan (“ESOP”) if: (i) there are no contributions to the ESOP (or related earnings) attributable to elective deferrals or matching contributions; and (ii) the ESOP is a separate plan, for purposes of Code §414(l),
from any other defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan maintained by the same employer or employers. 

  

	6.5	Treatment as publicly traded Employer securities. Except as provided in Treasury regulations or in Code §401(a)(35)(F)(ii) (relating to certain controlled
groups), a plan holding Employer securities which are not publicly traded Employer securities shall be treated as holding publicly traded Employer securities if any Employer corporation, or any member of a controlled group of corporations which
includes such Employer corporation (as Code §401(a)(35)(F)(iii) defines such terms) has issued a class of stock which is a publicly traded Employer security. 

 ARTICLE VII 
 DIRECT ROLLOVER OF NON-SPOUSAL
DISTRIBUTION 
  

	7.1	Non-spouse beneficiary rollover right. For distributions after December 31, 2006, a non-spouse beneficiary who is a “designated beneficiary” under
Code §401(a)(9)(E) and the regulations thereunder, by a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer (“direct rollover”), may roll over all or any portion of his/her distribution to an individual retirement account the beneficiary establishes
for purposes of receiving the distribution. In order to be able to roll over the distribution, the distribution otherwise must satisfy the definition of an eligible rollover distribution. 

  

	7.2	Certain requirements not applicable. Although a non-spouse beneficiary may roll over directly a distribution as provided in Section 7.1, the distribution is
not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Code §401(a)(31), the notice requirements of Code §402(f) or the mandatory withholding requirements of Code §3405(c). If a non-spouse beneficiary receives a distribution from the
Plan, the distribution is not eligible for a “60-day” rollover. 

  

	7.3	Trust beneficiary. If the participant’s named beneficiary is a trust, the Plan may make a direct rollover to an individual retirement account on behalf of
the trust, provided the trust satisfies the requirements to be a designated beneficiary within the meaning of Code §401(a)(9)(E). 

  

	7.4	Required minimum distributions not eligible for rollover. A non-spouse beneficiary may not roll over an amount which is a required minimum distribution, as
determined under applicable Treasury regulations and other Revenue Service guidance. If the participant dies before his/her required beginning date and the non-spouse beneficiary rolls over to an IRA the maximum amount eligible for rollover, the
beneficiary may elect to use either the 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule, pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-3, A-4(c), in determining the required minimum distributions from the IRA that receives the non-spouse beneficiary’s
distribution. 

  

	 	x	Article VII is not adopted, as this Plan is being merged into the Bank of Florida Corporation 401(k) Plan and any nonspouse rollovers will be governed by the terms
of the Bank of Florida Corporation 401(k) Plan, including amendments with a permitted retroactive effect. 

 ARTICLE VIII 
 PRE-RETIREMENT PENSION IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS 
  

	8.1	Age 62 distributions. For plan years beginning after December 31, 2006, if the Plan is a money purchase pension plan or a target benefit plan, a participant
who has attained age 62 and who is not separated from employment may elect to receive a distribution of his/her Vested Account Balance. 

  

	 	x	Article VIII is not adopted. 

  

 4 

 ARTICLE IX 
 DISTRIBUTION BASED ON BENEFICIARY HARDSHIP 
  

	9.1	Beneficiary-based distribution. Beginning August 17, 2006, or such later date as elected below, a participant’s hardship event, for purposes of the
Plan’s safe harbor hardship distribution provisions pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-l(d)(3)(iii)(B), includes an immediate and heavy financial need of the participant’s primary beneficiary under the Plan, that would constitute a
hardship event if it occurred with respect to the participant’s spouse or dependent as defined under Code §152 (such hardship events being limited to educational expenses, funeral expenses and certain medical expenses). For purposes of
this Article IX, a participant’s “primary beneficiary under the Plan” is an individual who is named as a beneficiary under the Plan and has an unconditional right to all or a portion of the participant’s account balance under the
Plan upon the participant’s death. 

  

	 	x	Article IX is not adopted. 

 ARTICLE X 
 QUALIFIED RESERVIST DISTRIBUTION 
  

	10.1	401(k) distribution restrictions. For distributions after September 11, 2001, in addition to the permissible distribution events the Plan otherwise
includes, the Plan permits a participant to elect a Qualified Reservist Distribution, as defined in this Article X. 

  

	10.2	Qualified Reservist Distribution defined. A “Qualified Reservist Distribution” is any distribution to an individual who is ordered or called to active
duty after September 11, 2001, and before December 31, 2007, if: (i) the distribution is from amounts attributable to elective deferrals in a 401(k) plan; (ii) the individual was (by reason of being a member of a reserve
component, as defined in section 101 of title 37, United States Code) ordered or called to active duty for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period; and (iii) the Plan makes the distribution during the period beginning on the
date of such order or call, and ending at the close of the active duty period. 

  

	 	 ̈	Article X is not adopted. 

 ARTICLE XI 
 GAP PERIOD INCOME ON DISTRIBUTED EXCESS DEFERRALS 
  

	11.1	Gap period income requirement. This Article XI applies to excess deferrals made in taxable years 2006 and later. The plan administrator must calculate allocable
income for the taxable year and also for the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the taxable year in which the excess deferral occurred and prior to the distribution); provided that the plan administrator will calculate and distribute
the gap period allocable income only if the plan administrator in accordance with the Plan terms otherwise would allocate the gap period allocable income to the participant’s account. 

 ARTICLE XII 
 STATUTORY HURRICANE RELIEF 
  

	12.1	Qualified Hurricane Distribution. A participant may take a Qualified Hurricane Distribution, provided that the aggregate amount of Qualified Hurricane
Distributions received by a participant for any taxable year (from all plans maintained by the Employer, including any member of any controlled group that includes the Employer) may not exceed $100,000. 

  

 5 

 12.1.1 Repayment of distribution. If the Plan permits rollover contributions, a
participant who receives a Qualified Hurricane Distribution, at any time during the 3-year period beginning on the day after receipt of the distribution, may make one or more contributions to the Plan, as rollover contributions, in an aggregate
amount not to exceed the amount of such distribution. 
 12.1.2 Definition of Qualified Hurricane Distribution. A
“Qualified Hurricane Distribution” means a distribution defined in Code §1400Q(a)(4)(A), which does not exceed the amount limitation described in Section 12.1. 
  

	12.2 	Recontribution of home purchase withdrawal. If the Plan permits rollover contributions, a participant who received a Qualified Distribution (relating to a
hardship distribution to purchase or construct a principal residence in an applicable hurricane disaster area), but who, on account of the hurricane, did not use the funds to purchase or construct a principal residence, may make one or more
contributions to the Plan, as rollover contributions, during the Applicable Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of such Qualified Distribution. 

 12.2.1 Definition of Qualified Distribution. A “Qualified Distribution” for purposes of this Section 12.2 means any
qualified Katrina distribution, any qualified Rita distribution, and any qualified Wilma distribution, as defined in Code §1400Q(b)(2). 
 12.2.2 Definition of Applicable Period. The “Applicable Period” for purposes of this Section 12.2 means the applicable period as defined in Code §1400Q(b)(3). 
  

	12.3	Increased loan limit and repayment extension. Notwithstanding the loan limitation that otherwise would apply, the Plan will determine the loan limit under Code
§72(p)(2)(A) for a loan to a Qualified Individual made during the Applicable Period by substituting “$100,000” for “$50,000,” and by substituting “the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued benefit of the employee
under the Plan” for “one-half of the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued benefit of the employee under the Plan.” 

 12.3.1 Extension of certain repayments. If a Qualified Individual has an outstanding loan from the Plan on or after the Qualified Beginning Date, then: (i) if the date for any repayment of
such loan occurs during the period beginning on the Qualified Beginning Date and ending on December 31, 2006, the due date is extended for one year; (ii) the Plan will adjust any subsequent repayments to reflect the extension of the due
date under (i) and any interest accrued during the extension; and (iii) the Plan will disregard the period of extension described in (i) in determining the 5-year period and the loan term under Code §72(p)(2)(B) or (C).

 12.3.2 Definition of Qualified Individual. A “Qualified Individual” for purposes of this Section 12.3
means any qualified individual as defined in Code §1400Q(c)(3). 
 12.3.3 Definition of Applicable Period. The
“Applicable Period” for purposes of this Section 12.3 means the applicable period as defined in Code §1400Q(c)(4). 
 12.3.4 Definition of Qualified Beginning Date. The “Qualified Beginning Date” for purposes of this Section 12.3 means the qualified beginning date as defined in Code §1400Q(c)(4). 
  

	 	 ̈	Article XII is not adopted. 

  

 6 

 ARTICLE XIII 
 IRS HURRICANE RELIEF 
  

	13.1	Additional Hurricane Katrina provisions. Notwithstanding that Plan language before the adoption date of this Amendment did not authorize loans to participants or
hardship distributions, the Plan permits a loan or a hardship distribution, made on or after August 29, 2005, and no later than March 31, 2006, for a need arising from Hurricane Katrina, to an employee or former employee: (i) whose
principal residence on August 29, 2005, was in one of the counties or parishes in Louisiana, Mississippi or Alabama that have been or later are designated as disaster areas eligible for Individual Assistance by the Federal Emergency
Management Agency; (ii) whose place of employment was located in one of these counties or parishes on August 29, 2005; or (iii) whose lineal ascendant or descendant, dependent or spouse had a principal residence or place of
employment in one of these counties or parishes on August 29, 2005. 

  

	13.2	Loan provisions. The requirements of Code §72(p) apply to loans permitted by this Amendment. 

  

	13.3	Hardship distribution timing. A hardship distribution under this Article XIII is permissible only if the Plan makes the distribution on account of a hardship
resulting from Hurricane Katrina, and makes the distribution on or after August 29, 2005, and no later than March 31, 2006. A hardship distribution under this Article XIII is permissible only to the extent the Plan, if it had contained
enabling language provided by this Article XIII, could make hardship distributions. 

  

	13.4	Reliance on employee representations. For purposes of a hardship distribution under this Article XIII, the plan administrator may rely upon representations from
the employee or former employee as to the need for, and the amount of, a hardship distribution, unless the plan administrator has actual knowledge to the contrary. 

  

	13.5	Treatment as hardship distribution/Amount limitation and restrictions. A hardship distribution under this Article XIII is treated as a hardship distribution for
all purposes under the Code and Treasury regulations. The amount available for hardship distribution under this Article XIII is limited to the maximum amount permitted to be available for a hardship distribution under the Code and Treasury
regulations. However, a distribution under this Article XIII applies to any hardship of the employee, and not just the types enumerated in the regulations (i.e., the regulatory “safe harbor” hardship distribution events), and the
Plan does not require any post-distribution restrictions (i.e., suspension of deferrals for 6 months after the hardship distribution). 

  

	 	 ̈	Article XIII is not adopted. 

 Except as provided in this Amendment, the Plan remains unchanged and in full force and effect. 
 IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has executed this Amendment as of the 17th day of July, 2007. 
  

			
	 BANK OF FLORIDA CORPORATION
 Employer

		
	By:	 	/s/ Carmen Danner
		 	Carmen Danner SVP, Human Resources
		 	[Print Name, Title]

  

 7 

 OLD FLORIDA BANK SAVINGS PLAN 
 AMENDMENT DATED JULY    , 2007 
 THIS AMENDMENT, adopted as of July 17th, 2007, by BANK OF FLORIDA CORPORATION (hereinafter called the “Company”): 
 WITNESSETH: 
 WHEREAS, this Company has heretofore become the sponsor of the OLD FLORIDA BANK SAVINGS PLAN (“Plan”); and 
 WHEREAS, due to the pending merger of this Plan with the Bank of Florida Corporation 401(k) Plan, the Plan should be amended to remove the joint and survivor annuity requirements from the Adoption Agreement. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 Section 1: Section AA(1)(a) and AA(1)(a)(i) of the adoption agreement is amended to read as follows: 
  

	 	AA.	FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION FOR RETIREMENT BENEFITS. 

  

	 	1)	OPTIONS. The options available under the Plan shall be those specified in Plan Section 6.02 (includes life annuities) unless otherwise specified in (a) below.

 NOTE: If this Plan is a direct or indirect transferee after December 31, 1984, of a defined benefit
plan, money purchase pension plan, target benefit plan, stock bonus plan, or profit sharing plan which is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417, (a) below cannot be selected. 
 a) x The options available under the Plan shall be those specified in subparagraph (a)(2) of
Plan Section 6A.02 (does not include life annuities or full flexibility option), unless otherwise specified in (i) below. 
 i) x The only options available under the Plan shall be the options specified in subparagraph (a)(1) of Plan Section 6A.02 (single sum payment and distribution in kind). 
 Section 2: The amendment to the adoption agreement embodied herein shall be effective as of the date stated above. 
  

			
	BANK OF FLORIDA CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	/s/ Carmen Danner
		 	Authorized Officer

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00164-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00164-of-00352.parquet"}]]